(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

COMING 













M i 




1 


^i^ 


\ ^^ 


Ik catalog! 



'^' %/^^ ^ 




The Mission 



1 he mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate educa- 
tion in the liberal arts. This is achieved within 
a coeducational, supportive, residential setting 
through programs that develop communica- 
tion and critical thinking skills; foster self- 
awareness while increasing receptivity to new 
concepts and perspectives; explore literary 
and scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic 
sensibility; elicit social responsibility; promote 
racial inclusiveness, gender equality, and an 
appreciation of cultural diversity; and produce 
leadership for the institutions of society. Each 
student is encouraged to develop and 
strengthen virtues and traits of character that 
enable, ennoble, and emancipate the human 
spirit while deepening commitment to those 
values that undergird civilization. 



Fully accredited, Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges and 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission 
for Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Nursing is 
accredited by the National League for 
Nursing. The Department of Chemistry is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
to certify upon graduation those students who 
meet or exceed the requirements established 
by the Society for membership. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CONTENTS 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 1994-1995 



Welcome to Lycoming 4 



The Campus 



Admission to Lycoming 10 



Financial Matters 13 



Student Affairs 24 



Academic Policies And Regulations 27 



The Academic Program 37 



The Curriculum 56 



The Board of Trustees 164 



Administrative Staff/Faculty 166 



The Alumni Association 181 



Index 183 



Communication With 

Lycoming College Inside Back Cover 




The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 1994-95 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 1994 or the spring of 1995 are thereafter 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either general requirements or major require- 
ments, students have the option of following their original 
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College 
always reserves the right to determine which requirements 
apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns 
to the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect 
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws 
from the College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic level. 
A student who transfers to the College with advanced 
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have attained the same 
academic level. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by them. 
The provisions of this publication are not to be regiu^ded 
as an irrevocable contract between the applicant and/or 
the student and Lycoming College. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 

1994 - 1995 





Fail Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 12 


December 16 


Orientation of new faculty 


August 25 




Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 26 at 8 a.m. 


January 8 at Noon 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 28 at 8 a.m. 


January 8 at Noon 


Classes begin first period 


August 29 


January 9 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 29 


January 9 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


September 2 


January 13 


Last day for drop/add 


September 2 


January 13 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


September 2 


January 13 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 7 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in fall semester 




February 17 


Mid-semester deficiency reports due 
in Registrar's Office at noon 


October 17 


February 24 


Residence halls close at 9 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 24 


Residence halls open at 8 a.m. 




March 5 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 6 


Enrollment deposit deadline 




March 24 


Preregistration: Phase I 


November 2 


March 29 


Preregistration: Phase II 


November 14,15,16 


April 12, 13 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 









ACADEMIC CALENDAR 




Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


October 28 


March 17 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 28 
November 16 


February 8 
April 5 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 22 




Residence halls open at 8 a.m. 


November 27 




Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


November 28 




Final examinations begin 


December 12 


April 24 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 16 


April 28 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. 


December 16 


April 28 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 

Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 5 p.m. 


May 7 


May 7 


June 18 


Classes begin 


May 8 


May 8 


June 19 


Last day for drop/add 


May 9 


May 10 


June 21 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 9 


May 10 


June 21 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 24 


June 1 


July 13 


Term ends 


June 2 


June 16 


July 28 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 2 


June 16 


July 29 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman Seminar August 26,27,28 

New Student Convocation August 26 

Labor Day (classes in session). . . September 5 

Science Saturday September 24 

Homecoming Weekend October 7, 8, 9 

Long Weekend (no classes).. October 14, 15, 16 

Admissions Open House October 22 

Parents Weekend October 28, 29, 30 

Admissions Open House November 1 2 

Thanksgiving recess Nov. 22 - Nov. 27 



Admissions Open House February 18 

Spring recess February 24 - March 5 

Good Friday (no classes) April 14 

Accepted Students Day April 2 

Honors Convocation April 9 

Baccalaureate May 6 

Commencement May 7 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 29 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



Welcome To 
Lycoming College 



Lycoming College is a small liberal arts 
college dedicated to providing the type of 
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a 
supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

In 1992 U.S. News and World Report 
recognized Lycoming as one of the top ten 
small, regional colleges in the United States. 
It is something that Lycoming alumni have 
quietly known for years. The reasons are 
simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 15 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 
committed to teaching. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared 
to meet the challenges of life through an 
academic program that includes both breadth 
of study in the humanities, social sciences and 
natural sciences and depth of study in at least 
one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts programs in 32 major fields, a 
Bachelor of Fine Arts degree in sculpture, and 
a Bachelor of Science degree in nursing. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, 
Lycoming students can study engineering, 
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine. 




optometry, and medical technology — while 
still enjoying the benefits of a small college 
experience. They can also study abroad or 
spend a semester in Washington, D.C., or 
New York City through a number of other 
cooperative programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, mass 
communication, government, health and 
social services. The close relationship 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



between the College and the community has 
given Lycoming students a chance to roll up 
their sleeves and gain resume-enhancing 
experience rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. 
However, students may take one course 
during Lycoming's May Term, and from one 
to two courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important qualities 
of Lycoming is its feeling of community. 
Lycoming is a truly residential college where 
all students, with the exception of close 
commuters, live on campus in one of the 
College's residence halls. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by a 
variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a weekly newspaper, run 
the campus radio station, edit a yearbook and 
a literary magazine, mount theatre produc- 
tions, participate in a nationally- acclaimed 
choir and concert band, as well as organize 
and manage their own social fraternities and 
sororities, special interest clubs and campus- 
wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 17 different 
varsity sports (9 for men, 8 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

All students are admitted free to the 
Lycoming College Artist Series which has 
brought The New York City Opera National 
Company; such Broadway musicals as Annie, 
Into the Woods and Big River; and other 
artists, ranging from the Tokyo String Quartet 
to the Pilobolus Dance Theater. Student-run 
programs have brought in Gin Blossoms, C & 
C Music Factory, Howie Mandel. Brian 
Adams, and Rythm Syndicate. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and 
the site of its annual international champion- 




ship. The greater metro area has a population 
of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the 
state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from such metropolitan centers as 
New York City, Philadelphia, Washington, 
D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 




HISTORY 

1 he history of Lycoming College has 
been one of continual evolution. The institu- 
tion has been, at one time or another, an 
elementary and secondary school, a semi- 
nary, a junior college and at present a four- 
year liberal arts college — going through three 
name changes in the process. Sold by the 
Presbyterians to the Methodists (who bought 
it as a source of revenue), it is today an 
independent non-profit, private college, 
affiliated with the United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1 8 1 2 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher. Rev. Benjamin H. 



Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts 
and sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, 
derived from the Indian word "lacomic," 
meaning "Great Stream" — a name that enjoys 
local popularity as the name of the county, a 
township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to 
every student entering its doors. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



The Campus 

JNineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35- 
acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 1 2-acre athletic 
field and football stadium lie a few blocks 
north of the main campus. 

Modem buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable single and double rooms; the 
student union; and the physical education/ 
recreation center. Up-to-date facilities include 
the library, theatre, the planetarium, the 
computer center, an electronic-music studio, a 
photography laboratory, and an art gallery. 
The computer center opened in 1969; the art 
gallery and physical education center opened 
in 1980. An arts center was renovated and 
opened in 1983. The Heim Biology and 
Chemistry Building opened in 1990. 

Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The 
United Methodist Church in America, who 
made the circuit through the upper 
Susquehanna District in 1812, the year 
Lycoming (then the Williamsport Academy) 
opened its doors. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses chapters of 
Lycoming's national fraternities and local 
sororities. The self-contained units 
contain sleeping rooms, a lounge, and a 
chapter room. 





f^: 




v^y^ 


-~'^- - 


. ■ ^'^ 


■ ~»?^ jl 


li^ttiyi'i.^ 








^ - '--^.m 



Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses the 
health and counseling services, campus 
security, coordinator of residence life, and 
building and grounds. The Academic 
Resource Center is located in the north lounge 
on the first floor. It is operated by peer tutors 
and professional staff during specified hours 
Sunday through Friday. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, profes- 
sor of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
bequest established the memorial. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most 
architecturally impressive complex on 
campus, the Center is composed of four 
buildings: the John G. Snowden Memorial 
Library, Wendle Hall, the Arena Theatre and 
Laboratories, and the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968) 

— The library is named after the late state 
senator John G. Snowden. An active instruc- 
tion program acquaints students with academic 
library strategies and supports their specific 
research in each discipline studied. Students 
become familiar with traditional methods of 
research as well as new information technolo- 
gies utilizing computerized CD-ROM and on- 
line searching. The collection includes more 
than 1 60,000 volumes, approximately 1100 
periodical titles, and a strong reference section 
suitable to an undergraduate education. The 
Snowden Memorial Library also serves as a 
partial depository for U.S. government 
publications and houses the archives of the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference of the United 
Methodist Church and the College archives. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the north- 
west comer of the first floor of the John G. 
Snowden Memorial Library, the gallery 
contains exhibits year-round, including shows 
of student work. 

College Computer Center (1969) — Located 
in the lower level of the library building, the 
center houses a Hewlett Packard 827S which is 
used for administrative computing and an IBM 
RS6000 which is used for academic computing. 

Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art 
Macintosh graphic stations equipped with 
animation, photographic imaging, and paint 
and draw programs for commercial design 
students, along with desktop publishing and a 
number of other programs for general use. 
The programs are updated annually. 



Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) — Located 
in the lower level of the Academic Center, it 
is a replica of a modem hospital ward, 
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a 
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all 
the medical equipment used by nurses. 

Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the 
George Wendle family, a College benefactor, 
this building contains 21 classrooms, the 
psychology laboratories, three computer 
laboratories with 50 IBM terminals available 
for use, and spacious Pennington Lounge, an 
informal meeting place for students and 
faculty. 

Arena Theatre and Laboratories (1968) — 

The 204-seat thmst-stage theatre is one of the 
finest in the region. It includes projection 
facilities, scene and costume shops, a make- 
up room, and a multiple-use area known as 
the Down Stage, where one-act experimental 
plays are performed. The language, business, 
mathematics, and physics laboratories are 
situated on the upper floors. The Detwiler 
Planetarium is located on the ground floor. 

Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it 
contains all the materials and equipment of 
any commercial laboratory. 

Mass Communication Center (1987) — The 
focal point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses two editing 
rooms, a classroom, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper office. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Heim Biology and Chemistry 
Building (1990) — The $10 million Heim 
Building is one of the finest undergraduate 
science facilities in the East. The three-level 
structure totals more than 63,000 square feet 
and contains state-of-the-art biology and 
chemistry laboratories, lecture and seminar 
rooms, a science reading area and a green- 
house, as well as classrooms and faculty 
offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha 
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building 
contains Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann 
Chapel, the United Campus Ministry Center, 
as well as a recital hall, music classrooms, 
practice studios, an electronic-music studio 
and faculty offices. 

Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1857 as a rental 
property, the Admissions House is the oldest 
building on the campus. It was first occupied 
by a Presbyterian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with twenty-eight 
other dwellings, and in 1940 became the 
President's home. John W. Long occupied it 
for the remainder of his tenure and D. 
Frederick Wertz lived in the house from 1955 
until 1965 when the College made the 
property at 325 Grampian Boulevard the 
President's home. The building was then 
converted for use by the Fine Arts Depart- 
ment. In 1983, when a new Fine Arts facility 
was completed, the department was relocated 
and the house was vacant until 1987 when it 
was restored by college craftsmen to its 
original Federalist design under the supervi- 
sion of Carol Baker '60, who kindly volun- 
teered her services during the year-long 
reconstruction. The Admissions House was a 
gift of the W.F. Rich family. 



John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those for the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro- 
grams, College Relations, Institutional 
Advancement, Publications, and Financial 
Aid. It includes a reception area and the 
printing and bulk mail office. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 

(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and Alumni 
Lounge. 

Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named 
after D. Frederick Wertz, President (1955- 
1968), it contains the main and private dining 
rooms, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation area, 
game rooms. Jack's Comer, bookstore, post 
office, student activities office. Career 
Development Center, and student organization 
offices. 

Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Admission To Lycoming 



i-/ycoming College welcomes applica- 
tions from prospective students regardless of 
age, sex, race, religion, financial resources, 
color, national or ethnic background. 

Admission Decision Criteria 

/\dmission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated 
on the basis of their academic preparation, 
talents, and interests, as well as the College's 
capacity to help them achieve their educa- 
tional objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two 
years of foreign language, two years of 
natural or physical science, three years of 
social science, and two years of academic 
electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SAT or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the determination of admissibility. 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

/\pplications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1st of the preceding year 
through July 3 1 st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding May 
1st through December 15th. A limited 
number of applications may be considered on 
a space-available basis up to one month prior 
to the beginning of a semester. 




Applications, when complete, are reviewed 
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally, 
applicants are notified in writing regarding the 
outcome of their applications within three 
weeks following the receipt of all required 
materials. 

Freshman Applicants 

J~*reshman applicants must complete the 
following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $25 
application fee. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the Scholastic 
Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American 
College Test (ACT). 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.0 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
secondary institution(s) attended. 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1) Complete and return application with the 
$25 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each 



post-secondary school attended. Students 
who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 credit hours must also 
submit high school transcripts. 
3) Submit the Lycoming Transfer Form 
(it will be sent to you upon application). 
Applicants may transfer up to 64 
semester credits of lower-division 
coursework, and up to 32 semester credits of 
upper-division course work for a total of 96 
credits. Students must complete the final 32 
credits of their degree program at Lycoming 
College. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 27. 

International Applicants 

1 rospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 




1994-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



International applicants must complete 
each of the following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or comparable evidence of English 
language fluency. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming 
College. 

Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $20,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,000, and are not 
included in $20,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1 ) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions 
Committee in reviewing your application, 
please indicate it on a separate piece of 
paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, you need only 
complete the unshaded sections of the 
application. If you have not taken the 
SAT or ACT assessment, that requirement 
may be waived. 



Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

/\dmitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1 st, or by 
December 1st for the following spring 
semester by submitting the appropriate 
deposit. Nonresident, commuting students are 
required to submit a $100 Tuition Deposit. 
Resident students are required to submit the 
$100 Tuition Deposit, as well as a $100 Room 
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international 
applicants are required to submit all appli- 
cable deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 
form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1 St for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

Incoming freshmen are required to attend 
one of three summer orientation sessions with 
at least one parent before they enroll in the 
fall. Upperclass transfer students are invited 
to a separate session. The purpose of the 
program is to acquaint the new students and 
their parents more fully with the College so 
that they can begin their Lycoming experience 
under the most favorable circumstances. 
Students will take placement tests, meet their 
academic advisor, and register for fall classes. 
Information on orientation is mailed to new 
students after they confirm their intention to 
enroll. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Withdrawal of 
Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not provided 
by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set forth 
in the Lycoming College Catalog or the 
Lycoming College Student Handbook. 

Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

X rospective students and their families are 
encouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
conducted tour and an interview with an 
admissions counselor, who will provide 
additional information about the College and 
answer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located 
on Washington Boulevard and College 
Place. For an appointment, telephone 
1-800-345-3920 or (717)321-4026, or write 
Office of Admissions, Lycoming College, 
Williamsport, PA 17701. 

Office hours are: 

Weekdays - September through April: 
8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 

- May through August: 
8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays - September through April: 
9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon 

- May through August: 
appointments by request. 



Financial 
Matters 




Expenses for the 
Academic Year 1994-95 

1 he following expenses are effective for 
the regular fall and spring semesters. The 
College reserves the right to adjust fees at any 
time. The fees for each semester are payable 
approximately two weeks prior to the start of 
classes for the semester as indicated on the 
semester bill. 





Per Semester 


Per Year 


Fees 






Tuition 


$6,950 


$13,900 


Room Rent 


$1,125 


$2,250 


Board 


$1,025 


$2,050 


Total 


$9,100 


$18,200 



One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $25 

Admissions Deposit $100 

Contingency Deposit $100 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Part-Time Students Fees 

Application Fee $25 

Each Unit Course $1,740 

Additional Charges 

Enrollment Deposit for Returning Students. . $ 1 00 

Activity Fee $60 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $175 

Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course. . $20 to $160 

Reregistration Fee $25 

Parking Permit (for the academic year) $20 

Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

School Nurse Fee $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University $75 

Transcript Fee $3* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge. . . . additional charge of 

$450 per semester. 

The tuition covers the regular course load 
of twelve to sixteen credits each semester. 
Resident students must board at the College 
unless, for extraordinary reasons, authorization 
is extended for other eating arrangements. If a 
double room is used as a single room, there is 
an additional charge of $450 per semester. The 
estimated cost for books and supplies is up to 
$500 per year, depending on the course of 
study. Special session (May term and summer 
term) charges for tuition, room, and board are 
established during the fall semester. 

*$3for 1 transcript; $1 for each additional 
copy ordered in the same request. Transcripts 
provided free to currently-enrolled students 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $25 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Admission Deposit — After students have 
been notified of their admission to Lycoming, 
they are required to make a $100 Admissions 



Deposit to confirm their intention to matricu- 
late. Students seeking residence must submit 
an additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit. 
All deposits are applied to the general charges 
for the first semester of attendance. After 
May 1 , deposits are nonrefundable. 

Contingency Deposit — A one-time deposit 
of $100 is required of all full-time students as 
a guarantee for payment of damage to or loss 
of College property, for library and parking 
fines, or similar penalties imposed by the 
College. The balance of this deposit is 
refunded after all debts to the College have 
been paid, either upon graduation or upon 
written request submitted to the Registrar two 
weeks prior to voluntary permanent termina- 
tion of enrollment. (See page 29.) 

Enrollment Deposit — An enrollment deposit 
of $100 is required of all current full and 
part-time degree-seeking students each spring 
in order to pre-register for the subsequent fall 
semester courses and/or to participate in the 
annual room selection process. This deposit 
is applied against the fall semester bill and is 
non-refundable after May 3 1 . 

Partial Payments 

r^or the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment 
of College fees through various educational 
plans. Additional information may be 
obtained from the Treasurer's Office or 
Admissions Office. 

Refunds for Students 
Who Withdraw 

rvoom rent is not refundable after classes 
begin. Tuition and board fees are refunded to 
students who officially and voluntarily 
withdraw from the College according to the 
following schedule. (Comparable schedules 
apply to May and summer terms.) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HNANCIAL MATTERS 



Refund Charge 



Period of Withdrawal 


% 


% 


During the first week 






of the semester 


80 


20 


During the second 






and third week 


60 


40 


During the fourth 






and fifth week 


40 


60 


During the sixth 






and seventh week 


20 


80 


After seven weeks 





100 



• Tuition and/or lab fees are not refundable 
for individual courses dropped after the 
drop/add period ends 

• No refunds are give to students who are 
suspended for disciplinary reasons. 

• Exception: If you are a student attending 
Lycoming for the first time and receiving 
federal student aid, federal regulations may 
mandate a slightly different withdrawal 
deadline and method of prorating tuition, 
room and board charges. Contact the 
Business Office for further information. 

The date on which the Dean of the College 
approves the student's withdrawal form is 
considered the official date of withdrawal. 
Charges are levied for services provided after 
withdrawal. 

Lycoming scholarships and grants are 
applied during the fall and spring semesters on 
the same basis as the tuition charges. If a with- 
drawing student is charged 60% of the tuition, 
he/she will receive 60% of the scholarship or 
grant. Government financial aid is adjusted 
according to federal and state guidelines. 

Room charges, which are established on a 
semester basis, and special charges such as 
laboratory fees, are not refundable if a 
student leaves the College prior to the end of 
the semester. 

Full-time students who, after reducing their 
course loads, continue to be enrolled for 12 or 
more semester hours are not eligible for a 
refund of tuition for an individual course. 
Similarly, students who register for extra 



hours in excess of 16 hours per semester and 
who later reduce their loads are not eligible 
after the fifth day of the semester for a refund 
of the fee charged for overloads. Charges will 
be recalculated for students who enroll full- 
time and subsequently assume part-time status 
by reducing their loads below 12 hours during 
the drop/add period. The assumption of part- 
time status normally involves a substantial 
reduction of financial aid since most financial 
aid programs do not extend eligibility to part- 
time students. 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Otudents will not be registered for courses 
in a new semester if their accounts for previous 
attendance have not been settled. Diplomas, 
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals 
in good standing are issued only when a 
satisfactory settlement of all financial obliga- 
tions has been made in the Business Office. 
Final grades may also be held in some cases. 

FINANCIAL AID 

NOTE: A more detailed explanation of 
Lycoming College financial aid programs, 
policies and procedures is contained in the 
student consumer's guide available through 
the Office of Financial Aid. 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. 
While some assistance is available to students 
regardless of need (merit scholarships), the 
primary purpose of the College's financial aid 
program is to help qualified students of limited 
financial resources attend Lycoming College. 
Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of 
merit and/or need, while grants are provided 
solely on the basis of financial need. Long- 
term educational loans with favorable interest 
rates and repayment terms are available, as are 
part-time employment opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1st, as appropriate 
income information becomes available, but 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 



before April 1 . Although applications may be 
filed later, applicants can only receive consider- 
ation for remaining available funds and 
normally will not receive full funding of his 
or her eligibihty. 

To be considered for financial aid, students 
and families must complete the following 
steps for each year the student seeks assistance: 

1. Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 

Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 

2. When completed, send signed copies of the 

student's and parent(s) Federal tax returns 
(1040, 1040A or 1040EZ), including all 
schedules, to the Financial Aid Office. 
The tax returns required are for the year 
preceding the academic year in which the 
student seeks assistance. 

3. Fully complete and submit the Free 

Application For Federal Student Aid 
(FAFSA). Returning students should 
submit the Renewal FAFSA. 

4. PA residents can apply for state grant 

assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if 
additional forms must be filed. 

Basic eligibility requirements for all 
federal programs are listed on the FAFSA 
application. Students are responsible for 
understanding the basic eligibility requirements. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

1 o remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-fime study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 



institufional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-fime 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
confinue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative 
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic 
Standing sections on page 31). A student who 
is granted an academic appeal may continue 
to receive financial assistance only if the 
student meets the minimum qualitafive (GPA) 
and quanfitafive (credits completed) require- 
ments listed below; 

End of Min. Cum. Min. Cr. 

Semesters GPA Completed 

1 1.5 10 

2 1.6 20 

3 1.7 34 

4 2.0 48 

5 2.0 61 

6 2.0 74 

7 2.0 88 

8 2.0 102 

9 2.0 115 

10 2.0 128 

Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail 
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA 
requirement will be placed on financial aid 
probation. This allows one additional semester 
of course work to bring the academic record up 
to minimum standards. Failure to meet the 
stated minimum after the probation period 
will result in a suspension of all (federal, state, 
and institufional) financial aid until the 
standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is 
measured annually and cumulafively by the 
Office of Financial Aid. Official nofificafion 
of probation or suspension is made by the 
Office of Financial Aid. Students wishing to 
appeal his or her suspension of aid, and who 
have legitimate reason for doing so (e.g. illness). 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



must put their request in writing to the Director 
of Financial Aid at least two weeks prior to the 
start of the semester for which the exception is 
sought. Acceptance of an appeal is only valid 
for determining eligibility for financial 
assistance and has absolutely no bearing on 
any determination made by the Registrar and/ 
or Academic Standards Committee. 

College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE; Lycoming Scholarships and Grants 
(including Endowed and Restricted College 
funds) are awarded only to eligible students 
who are full-time and degree-seeking. Students 
already possessing a bachelor's degree are 
ineligible for scholarships, grants and institutional 
loans. Refer to the student consumer's guide 
for a more detailed explanation of eligibility 
requirements for all Lycoming programs. 

Lycoming Academic Scholarships of $2,000 
to $5,000 may be awarded to students who 
rank in the top 30% of their high school 
graduating class and have a combined SAT 
score of 1000 or above. Scholarships of 
$2,000 to $4,000 may be awarded to students 
who rank in the top 20% of their high school 
graduating class and have a combined SAT 
score of 950 to 990. Scholarships of $3,000 
may be awarded to students who rank in the 
top 10% of their high school graduating class 
and have combined S.A.T. scores of 900 to 
940. Renewal of all scholarships requires a 
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00. 

Valedictorian Scholarships are academic 
scholarships of $7,500 and may be awarded to 
students who rank first in their graduating 
class as certified by their high school guid- 
ance counselor. Renewal requires a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 3.00. 

Salutatorian Scholarships are academic 
scholarships of $7,500 and may be awarded to 
students who rank second in their graduating 
class as certified by their high school guid- 
ance counselor. Renewal requires a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 3.00. 



Departmental Scholarships are academic 
scholarships of $7,000 and may be awarded to 
students who rank in the top 10% of their 
graduating class and have a combined SAT 
score of at least 1 150. An interview with a 
department chairperson is required prior 
to March 1 , before the first semester of enroll- 
ment, and the student must be approved by the 
chairperson in order to receive the scholarship. 
Students that meet the SAT and class rank 
requirements but do not interview for the award, 
or are not approved for the award, will receive 
a $5,000 academic scholarship. Renewal 
requires a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00. 

Faculty Scholar Awards are academic 
scholarships of $ 1 2,500 and may be awarded 
to students who rank in the top 10% of their 
graduadng class and have a combined S.A.T. 
score of at least 1250. An interview with a 
department chairperson and Academic Dean 
is required prior to April 1 , before the first 
semester of enrollment, and the student must 
be approved by the chairperson and Dean in 
order to receive the award. Students that meet 
the S.A.T. and class rank requirements but do 
not interview for the award, or are not approved 
for the award, will receive a $9,000 academic 
scholarship. Renewal requires a minimum 
cumulative GPA of 3.00. 

Art Scholarships of up to $ 1 ,500 may be 
available. These scholarships are awarded on 
the basis of juried competition. Selection is 
determined by the Art Department faculty. 
Renewable upon continued recommendation 
of departmental faculty. Students must maintain 
a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00 and be 
an Art major. 

Music Scholarships of up to $2,000 may be 
available. Selection is determined by depart- 
mental faculty members. Renewable upon 
continued recommendation of the department. 
Students must maintain a minimum cumula- 
tive GPA of 2.00. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



Theatre Scholarships of up to $ 1 ,500 may be 
available upon recommendation of departmen- 
tal faculty. Students must submit a Theatre 
Information Card and a recommendation from 
a theater instructor. Renewable upon continued 
recommendation of the faculty. Students must 
maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00. 

Lycoming Grant-in-Aid awards of $200 to 
full tuition, depending upon financial need, 
may be granted to students to help meet their 
documented financial need. Renewal requires 
continued financial need as determined by 
Federal Methodology and/ or the financial aid 
director. Students should expect the Grant-in- 
Aid award to remain constant for each 
semester they are enrolled. 

Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to one-third of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and one- 
fourth of tuition for all others. Students 
meeting the criteria for this grant and any 
other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded 
the scholarship(s)/grant that provides the 
highest dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 

one-fourth tuition are awarded to students 
preparing for the Christian ministry. Students 
must complete a pre-ministerial grant applica- 
tion available through the financial aid office. 
Students meeting the criteria for this grant and 
any other Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be 
awarded the scholarship(s)/grant that provides 
the highest dollar amount; both will not be 
awarded. 

Two-in-Family Grants are awarded to each 
member of a family attending Lycoming at the 
same time. The amount is 10% of tuition, 
room and board charged by the College for 
resident students (for commuting students the 
amount is 10% of tuition only). Each family 
member must not be eligible for any other 



financial aid program of the College. If the 
student is eligible for any other Lycoming aid, 
the student will be awarded whichever is greater. 

Federal Grants 

Pell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with 
exceptional financial need. Priority must be 
given to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are provided 
by the federal government. Funds are limited. 

Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarships may be 

available to PA residents who rank in the top 
10% of their high school class and plan to enter 
the elementary or secondary teaching field. 
Scholarships are for up to $5,000 per year and 
the student must sign an agreement to teach. 
This program is administered by PHEAA. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. 
(Refer to the last page regarding PHEAA 
progress requirements). Non-PA residents 
should contact the State Grant Agency in their 
home state for availability of funds to students 
attending out-of-state colleges. 

Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan allows 
eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum of 
$2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may 
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually. 
Eligible Juniors and Seniors may borrow up to 
a maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal 
government pays the interest while the student 
is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. The 
student begins to repay the loan (interest and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 



principal) 6 months after leaving school. The 
interest rate for new borrowers is variable based 
on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 
9%. The rate is adjusted every July 1. Loan 
amounts are pro-rated for less than full-time 
students. Eligibility is based on financial need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 

provides an opportunity for students to borrow 
under the Stafford Program who do not qualify 
for the maximum amount of subsidized 
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount 
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsubsidized 
eligibility. Interest must be paid by the 
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled 
(check with your lender to see if interest 
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of 
the loan are similar to those under the Subsi- 
dized program. Independent students may be 
eligible for higher loan limits; contact the 
Financial Aid Office for more information. 

Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a 
period beginning nine months after the date on 
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at 
least half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount a 
parent may borrow for one year is equal to the 
cost of education for one year minus any finan- 
cial aid the student is eligible for in that year. 
The interest rate is variable but is capped at 10%. 
The interest rate is determined every July 1 and 
is equal to the bond equivalent rate of 52-week 
T-Bill plus 3.1%. An application is available at 
your bank or other lending institution. 

Employment Opportunities 

Federal College Work-Study Program awards 

provide work opportunities on campus for qualified 
students. Students receive pay-checks for work 
performed in the previous pay period. Based 



on documented need and awarded by the 
Financial Aid Office. Funding is limited. The 
student assumes full responsibility in locating a 
job. Returning students who wish to work the 
following year must have their name submitted 
to the Financial Aid Office by their supervisor 
before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
work-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
students can get additional information in the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Lycoming Campus Employment Program is 

similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
students are paid with institutional funds only 
and is not based on financial need. A limited 
number of jobs are available. Funding is limited. 

Presidential Fellowships in Music are 

available for selected students. Auditions and 
interviews are conducted annually by the 
Music department. A tuition stipend of $250 
is awarded for each semester the student serves 
as a Fellow. Recipients are expected to fulfill 
responsibilities assigned each semester by the 
Department with the primary responsibility 
being musical performance. Renewable upon 
Departmental recommendation. 

Faculty Scholar Fellowships of $ 1 ,500 may 
be available to students receiving the $12,500 
Faculty Scholar Award. Fellowship recipients 
are expected to work approximately 10 to 12 
hours per week for the department sponsoring 
the fellowship. Renewable upon Departmental 
recommendation; students must also maintain 
a 3.00 cumulative G.P.A. 

Other Job Opportunities are finequently available 
with local business firms or persons. Contact 
the Career Development Office of the College 
for information on these opportunities. 

Other Aid Sources 

Veterans and Dependents Benefits are 

available for qualified veterans and children of 
deceased or disabled veterans. Application 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



should be made at your nearest Veterans' 
Administration Office. 

Reserved Officers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
qualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Office for more information. 

Tuition Exchange Grants may be available. 
Lycoming College is a member of both the 
Tuition Exchange Program and the CICU 
Tuition Exchange Program. These programs 
are for dependent students of employees at 
participating institutions of higher education. 
Students should contact the Tuition Exchange 
officer at their sponsor institution for information 
regarding sponsorship. Students are expected 
to apply for all federal and state grants. If the 
student receives a federal or state grant, those 
amounts may be applied toward room and 
board charges if the student resides in the dorms. 
If the student commutes, the grant amount is 
equal to tuition less federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking applicants 
who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or better, 
are active in Christian activities, and who are 
active, full members of a United Methodist 
church. Demonstrated financial need is also 
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships 
are awarded each year. Annual application is 
required. Recipients are selected by the Director 
of Financial Aid and will be awarded to the 
neediest students. The funds are provided by 
the United Methodist Church. Applications are 
available in the Financial Aid Office. Renewal 
requires a cumulative GPA of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $ 1 ,000 
subject to the availability of the funds. 
Contact The Board of Higher Education and 
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 
for more information. 



Non-college aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are 
members for information on financial aid 
resources. 

Endowed & Restricted 
College Funds 

JL hese funds are thoughtfully and 
generously provided by alumni and friends of 
Lycoming College. Most awards are based on 
documented financial need, in combination 
with other criteria, and are awarded through 
the Financial Aid Office. 

Franklin L. Artley Scholarship is available 
annually to assist a ministerial student(s). 

Eph and Bess Baker Scholarship of $6,000 
is available at $1,500 per year for four years. 
It is awarded annually to a full-time student 
who exhibits academic promise and has a 
permanent residence in Lycoming County. 
Preference is given to students with demon- 
strated financial need. A minimum cumula- 
tive GPA of 3.00 is needed for renewal. 

Case Memorial Scholarship is awarded 
annually to a student(s) in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 

Mary Strong Clemins Scholarship is 

available for a student(s) preparing for 
Christian ministry or for deaconess work or its 
equivalent in the United Methodist Church. 

C. Luther Culler Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a student based on scholarship. 

Dewitt-Bodine Scholarship is awarded to the 
highest-ranked student in the graduating class 
each year from the Hughesville High School 
who attends Lycoming College. The recipient 
is designated by the Hughesville Guidance 
Counselor. The scholarship amount is $2,200 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



and is credited at $550 per year for four years 
attendance at Lycoming. 

Clara Kramer Eaton Scholarship is awarded 
to the highest-ranked student in the graduating 
class from Line Mountain High School who 
attends Lycoming College. The recipient is 
selected by the high school's guidance office. 
The scholarship is $400 per year for up to 
four years of attendance at Lycoming. 

Richard W. Gieniec Memorial Scholarship 

is available to a full-time student in good 
academic standing who has demonstrated 
financial need and who has the prospect of 
contributing positively to the college commu- 
nity. Preference is given to a student who 
meets any or all of the following criteria: 1 ) 
resident of Lancaster County, Pa.; 2)leaming- 
disabled; 3)soccer player. 

Beryl Kline Glenn Scholarship is periodi- 
cally awarded to a student majoring in music. 

Mr. and Mrs. David Grove Scholarship is 

periodically awarded to a needy student 
studying faith and ministry. 

Robert L Hamilton Scholarship is awarded 
through the generosity of Mr. Hamilton, to a 
needy student. 

Sarah and Elsie Harding Scholarship is 

awarded to a student(s) in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 

Esther M. Heefner Scholarship is available 
to help a needy and deserving student(s). 

Edward P. and Jeanette Fuller Heether 
Scholarship is available to help needy and 
deserving students who are in good academic 
standing. 

James A. Heether Scholarship is available 
based on financial need. Priority will be 
given to a chemistry major. 

R. Lee Hite Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a student in economics, engineer- 
ing, business or a related field of study and 



who is from one of the 29 counties in Penn- 
sylvania and 2 counties in New York served 
by The Hite Company. 

The Helen Clarke Holder Scholarship is 

available to student(s) with demonstrated 
financial need who are preparing to teach. 
Mrs. Holder, a master teacher and a member 
of the Class of 1933, established the scholar- 
ship through a bequest. 

George W. Huntley Jr. Scholarship of $900 
is available to help defray the tuition and 
expenses for the first year only of any 
undergraduate of Cameron County High 
School. The selection is made by the Superin- 
tendent of Schools, Cameron. Pa. In case 
there is no applicant from Cameron County, 
the scholarship may be awarded to any 
student preparing for the Christian Ministry. 

Elizabeth S. Jackson Scholarship may be 

available to the student who attains the 
required rank highest in deportment and 
scholarship in the sophomore class. 

Paul and Mildred John Scholarship was 

established in 1990 by Mr. and Mrs. John to 
recognize the significant contributions their 
friend, Robert L. Shangraw '58, has made to 
the betterment of Lycoming College. This 
endowed scholarship provides annual income 
for full-time students who are pursuing a major 
in any of Lycoming's business programs. 
Preference is given to candidates who demon- 
strate financial need, are children of employees 
of the Ritz-Craft Corporation of Pa., Inc. and/ 
or residents of Union County, Pa. 

Amos Johnson Scholarship is available for 
the education of a ministerial student of 
limited means. 

Morgan V. Knapp Music Scholarship Fund 

is awarded as follows: 40% to financially 
needy students, in satisfactory academic 
standing, who are majoring in music or who 
are pursuing courses in vocal music, key- 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 



board, strings, and/or other musical instru- 
ments in that priority order; 20%, as needed, 
on the recommendation of the Music Depart- 
ment faculty, to students, who in their opinion 
should be encouraged to study privately in the 
areas of voice, keyboard, strings, and/or other 
musical instruments in that priority order; 
20% to the College Tour Choir Fund and 20% 
to the Band Tour Fund. 

John R. and Leona Fisher Knaul Scholar- 
ship is awarded annually to a student(s) in 
good academic standing with demonstrated 
financial need. 

Charles J. and Jean M. Kocian Scholarship 

is awarded annually to an upperclass 
student(s) in good academic standing with 
demonstrated financial need. 

LAMCO Scholarship may be available to 
students with the following selection priori- 
ties: 1) children and grandchildren of employ- 
ees of The Grit; 2) graduates of high schools 
of the city of Williamsport; 3) graduates of 
high schools of Lycoming County. 

James G. and Fern S. Law Scholarship was 

established in 1990 by Mrs. Fern S. Law as a 
memorial tribute to her husband, James 
Graham Law, who served Lycoming College 
as a member of the Board of Trustees from 
1965 to 1986. Annual income is to be 
awarded to a full-time student from the 
Bloomsburg area who shows academic 
promise and demonstrates financial need. 

Doris Lennon Scholarship is available to 
help dedicated young students, in need of 
financial assistance, who are preparing for 
church work. 

Lenore M. Losch Scholarship is awarded 
annually to a student in good academic 
standing with demonstrated financial need. 
Preference may be given to Lycoming County 
students preparing to teach. 



Lycoming County Medical Society Auxil- 
iary Scholarship is awarded annually to a 
student in good academic standing with 
demonstrated financial need, who is majoring 
in Nursing or another pre-professional 
program in health care. Preference will be 
given to non-traditional single parents. 

The Lycoming County Scholarship is 

awarded annually to students who permanent- 
ly reside in Lycoming County, with prefer- 
ence given to entering freshmen who demon- 
strate financial need. 

Mary E. McLane Endowed Nursing 
Scholarship is awarded to a junior or senior 
nursing student at Lycoming College who has 
demonstrated financial need. 

James E. and Bernadine Decker Nancarrow 
Scholarship is awarded to a student(s) in 
good academic standing with demonstrated 
financial need. Preference may be given to 
students from Lycoming County. 

Earl Nearoof Memorial Scholarship is 

available to assist young students entering 
Christian work with preference given to students 
from the Warrior Mark and Tyrone, Pa., areas. 

Fred A. and Elizabeth W. Pennington 
Endowed Scholarship is awarded to financially 
needy students who are chemistry majors and 
plan to pursue a career using their chemistry 
training. 

Polcyn Loan Fund was established in 1986 
by Dr. Kenneth A. Polcyn '58, in honor of his 
parents. Loan awards may be made to student 
athletes who are in good academic standing 
and who have documented financial need. 

John A. Radspinner Scholarship created by 
his former students to honor and recognize this 
beloved faculty member's thirty years of 
service to Lycoming College and its students. 
This endowed scholarship is awarded to chemistry 
majors with a preference but not limited to 
students who demonstrate financial need. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HNANCIAL MATTERS 



Mort Rauff Memorial Scholarship is awarded 
to a deserving student in good academic 
standing. Preference is given to an individual 
who demonstrates financial need and who is an 
active member of the swimming team. 

Ada Remley Memorial Scholarship is an 

award available to a currently-enrolled female 
who has 1) earned a minimum cumulative 
grade point average of 3.25; 2) completed a 
minimum of 5 full-time semesters or the 
equivalent (72 semester hours); 3) has an 
intended graduation date during the coming 
academic year (January, May or September); 
and 4) who has not already been a recipient of 
the scholarship. 

Jennie M. Rich Memorial Scholarship is 

available for worthy and needy students 
preparing for the Christian ministry or 
deaconess or missionary work. 

Margaret Rich and Elmer B. Staats Schol- 
arship of up to $1,000 is available to an 
academically-talented student who intends to 
pursue a career in public service. Preference 
is given to students with documented financial 
need. 

Leonard H. Rothermel Scholarship is 

awarded to financially needy students in 
satisfactory academic standing, with primary 
preference given to Treverton residents and 
secondary preference given to Line 
Mountain School District Area students. 

J. Milton Skeath Memorial Scholarship is 

available for a psychology major. 

Robert Barry Spieth Memorial Scholarship 

is awarded to a student who demonstrates 
financial need with preference given to a 
Business Administration major who is an 
active member of Sigma Pi. Minimum 
cumulative GPA is 2.00. 

Albert R. and Judith L. Styrcula Scholar- 
ship is awarded to a Dundee, N.Y. Central 
High student of scholastic ability enrolling in 
one of Lycoming's four-year programs. Second 



consideration will be given to dependents of 
Foodcraft, Inc. employees (employed from 1972 
through 1988). Third consideration will be 
given to any qualified resident of Snyder or 
Lycoming County in Pa. or Yates County in 
N.Y. 

Brandy Lee Sudol Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded annually to a student in good academ- 
ic standing with demonstrated financial need. 
Preference will be given to nursing majors 
from the Danville, Pa., area. 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz and Betty Rowe 
Wertz Scholarship is awarded annually to a 
student(s) in good academic standing with 
demonstrated financial need. 

Andrew J. and Mary Wood White Scholar- 
ship is awarded with preference to a freshman 
female with demonstrated financial need, based 
on scholastic achievement and academic promise, 
who is pursuing courses in the pure liberal arts. 

Samuel Willard Memorial Scholarship is 

awarded to a junior or senior student who is in 
need of financial assistance in order to 
complete his or her degree. 

Hiram and Elizabeth Wise Scholarship is 

available for a ministerial or missionary 
student who, because of present circumstances 
and promise of future usefulness, is deemed 
worthy of the award. 

Dr. Paul E. Witmeyer Memorial 
Scholarship is available for a student inter- 
ested in education. 

Donald C. Wolfe Memorial Scholarship is 

available for a worthy ministerial student. 

William Woodcock Scholarship is available 
annually to the full-time, degree-seeking 
student who attains the required rank second 
in scholarship and deportment in the sopho- 
more class. 

Raymond A. and L. Marie Zimmerman 
Scholarship is available for the benefit of 
students preparing for the Christian ministry. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Student Affairs 




i he Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through ; 
composite of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Career Development Center 

• Campus Ministry 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling Services 

• Greek life 

• Health Services 

• International student advising 

• Intramural sports, recreation, 
and leisure time activity 

• Judicial affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student activities and leadership 
development 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



The Student Affairs staff view students as 
collaborators in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will take 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Career Development Center 

1 he Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help students 
identify their abilities and interests, set 
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to 
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming 
students begins in the freshman year. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves 
to potential employers in a positive and 
effective manner. Helping students make 
appropriate and meaningful connections 
between college and career is a goal of the 
Career Development Center. 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Counseling Services 

l^ounseling Services assist students to 
ensure that their college experience is 
prosperous and rewarding. Professional, 
confidential services are provided free of 
charge to Lycoming students. Counseling 
Services are designed to facilitate one's 
self-understanding as well as to provide 
support for students' adjustment and transition 
to college life. Counseling Services also 
provide advocacy to students with learning 
differences and conducts outreach programs 
for the entire college community. 

Health Services 

JLycoming College Health Services 
focuses on the holistic care of the individual, 
health maintenance, and wellness through 
health education and prevention of illness. 
Educational materials and instructional 
programs are available through the Student 
Health Services. 

Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 8:00 
a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on a 
daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylva- 
nia Department of Health, and the Centers for 
Disease Control (CDC). 

Residence Life 

Lycoming College is first and foremost a 
residential college with approximately 75% of 
the student body residing on campus. Students 
under the age of 23 who do not live at home 
with a parent or legal guardian are required to 
live on campus and subscribe to the board plan 
in the dining room. As students are accepted to 
the college, they will receive residential 



literature and information about the various 
housing program options. 

As a residential campus. Lycoming students 
are encouraged to become involved in social, 
cultural, extra and co-curricular activities. It is 
through this type of involvement that students 
have opportunities to live and learn in a 
residence hall and where they are expected to 
become more independent and self-disciplined. 

The residence halls are staffed with upper 
class students who serve as Resident Advisor 
(RA) staff. These para-professional students 
are especially selected and trained to assist 
residents in all aspects of college life and 
community living. In addition, a residence hall 
council, an elected group of students, is 
responsible for providing activities and 
programs. 

The eight on-campus residence halls offer 
several different living options for students. 
First year students will reside in either Skeath 
or Asbury Halls. Here the opportunity exists 
for the class to begin developing identity and 
promote unity. The other six halls offer 
opportunities for upper class students to choose 
from several housing options, including: a co- 
educational living experience; single sex 
living; floors for special interest groups to 
occupy including fraternities and sororities, 
non-smoking environments, and contract study 
areas for a more structured study environment. 

Students are challenged to become involved 
at Lycoming. Students' investment in student 
life outside of the classroom can be directly 
related to a satisfactory educational experience. 

Athletics 

Athletics are an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors seventeen 
intercollegiate sports for both men and 
women student-athletes. 

Men can choose from football, soccer, 
cross country, wrestling, golf, basketball, 
swimming, tennis, and track and field. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Women can compete in soccer, cross country, 
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball, 
tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
athletic conference. As a Division III school, 
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very active 
intramural and recreation program that is open 
to all students. This program includes, among 
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach 
volleyball, and flag football. 

Student Activities 

1 he Office of Student Activities offers 
assistance and resources for all campus 
activities and student organizations. Through 
the efforts of the student administered 
Campus Activities Board (CAB), extra and 
co-curricular programming is offered to the 
entire college community. CAB program- 
ming is designed to enhance the overall 
educational experience of students through the 
exposure to social, cultural, and recreational 
programs. Members of the staff in Student 
Activities also direct leadership training 
programs for the student government, the 
Interfratemity and Panhellenic Councils, the 
International Student Organization, the Arrow 
Yearbook, and all registered student organiza- 
tions. 

Religious Life 

1 he United Campus Ministry, staffed by a 
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay 
minister, provides a wide range of activities in 
support of the spiritual development and 
religious life of students. Ecumenical and 
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at 
Lycoming provides worship services, service 
projects, social occasions, retreats, study 
opportunities, and personal counseling. 
The chaplains are an integral part of campus 
life and are available to students who may 
need support, counsel, or direction. 



Safety and Security | 

1 he Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free ' 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored to respond 
to serious events on campus. Twenty-four 
hour a day telephone extensions are used to 
handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical transpor- 
tation, emergency maintenance referral, an 
escort service, guest and parking registration, 
and the dissemination of telephone numbers 
and general information to the public when 
the College switchboard is closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of its 
students. Respect for the rights of others and 
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment 
of these goals. Students are expected to 
adhere to the policies contained in the Student 
Handbook and other College publications. 
These policies, rules and regulations are part 
of the contractual agreement students enter 
into when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student 
Handbook and Residence Hall Agreement in 
order to familiarize themselves with the 
policies governing student conduct. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 




Academic 
Policies And 
Regulations 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

instruction at Lycoming College is 
organized, with few exceptions, on a depart- 
mental basis. Most courses are unit courses, 
meaning that each course taken is considered 
to be equivalent to four semester hours of 
credit. Exceptions occur in applied music 
and theatre practicum courses, which are 
offered for either one-half or one semester 
hour of credit, and in departments that have 
elected to offer certain courses for the 
equivalent of one, two or three semester 
hours of credit. Furthermore, independent 
studies and internships carrying two semester 
hours of credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four 
courses during the fall and spring semesters. 
Students who elect to attend the special sessions 
may enroll in one course during the May term 
and one or two courses in each of the summer 
terms. A student is considered full time when 
enrolled for a minimum of three courses 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



during the fall or spring semesters, one course 
for the May term, and two courses for each of 
the summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five courses during 
the fall and spring semesters if they are 
Lycoming scholars or were admitted to the 
Dean's List at the end of the previous semes- 
ter. Exceptions may be granted by the Dean 
of the College. Overloads are not permitted 
during the May and summer terms. 

ALTERNATIVE CREDIT 
SOURCES 

Transfer Credit 

iVlatriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor and the 
Lycoming College Registrar. Course work 
counting toward a major or minor must also be 
approved in advance by the chairperson of the 
department in which the major or minor is 
offered. Once a course is approved, the credit 
and grades for the course will be transferred to 
Lycoming and calculated in the student's grade 
point average as if the courses were taken here. 
This means that "D" and "F" grades will be 
transferred as well as all other grades. In 
addition, students are expected to be registered 
at Lycoming for their last eight courses. Requests 
for waivers of this regulation must be sent to the 
Committee on Academic Standards. Final 
determination of transfer credit will be made 
by the Lycoming College Registrar based on 
official transcripts only. 

Credit By Examination 

Advanced Placement — Entering freshmen 
who have completed an advanced course while 
in secondary school and who have taken the 
appropriate advanced-placement examination of 
the College Entrance Examination Board 
(CEEB) are encouraged to apply for credit and 
advanced placement at the time of admission. 
A grade of three or above is considered 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



satisfactory. Students should inform the 
Registrar's Office and their academic advisor 
immediately when advanced placement 
examinations have been taken. 

College Level Examination Progam (CLEP) - 

Students may earn college credit for superior 
achievement through CLEP. By scoring at 
the 75th percentile or above on the General 
Examinations and in the 65th percentile or 
above on approved Subject Examinations, 
students may earn up to 50 percent of the 
course requirements for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree. Although these examinations may be 
taken after enrollment, new students who are 
competent in a given area are encouraged to 
take the examination of their choice during 
the second semester of their senior year so 
that Lycoming will have the test scores avail- 
able for registration advising for the first 
semester of enrollment. Further information 
about CLEP may be obtained through the 
secondary school guidance office or the Office 
of Admissions or the Registrar at Lycoming 
College. Students should inform the Registrar's 
Office and their academic advisors immediately 
when CLEP examinations have been taken. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

1 he policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known as 
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
of 1974, as amended). The details of the 
College policy on student records and the 
procedures for gaining access to student records 
are contained in the current issue of the Student 
Handbook, which is available in the library and 
the Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

J-Juring the registration period, students 
select their courses for the next semester and 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



register their course selections in the Office of 
the Registrar. Course selection is made in 
consultation with the student's faculty advisor in 
order to insure that the course schedule is 
consistent with College requirements and student 
goals. After the registration period, any change 
in the student's course schedule must be approved 
by both the faculty advisor and Office of the 
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for 
courses in which they are not formally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, 
students may drop any course without any 
record of such enrollment appearing on 
their permanent record, and they may add any 
course that is not closed. The permanent 
record will reflect the student's registration as 
of the conclusion of the drop/add period. 
Students wishing to withdraw from a course 
between the fifth day and the 1 2th week of 
classes must secure a withdrawal form from 
the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal grades 
are not computed in the grade point average. 
Students may not withdraw from courses after 
the 12th week of a semester and the comparable 
period during the May and summer terms. 

In two-credit (1/2 unit) courses meefing 
only during the last half of any semester, 
students may drop/add for a period of five 
days, effective with the mid-term date shown 
on the academic calendar. Withdrawal from 
half-semester courses with a withdrawal grade 
may occur within six weeks of the beginning 
of the course. It is understood that the period 
of time at the beginning of the semester will 
be identical, for example, a period of five 
days as indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

/\ special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 



® 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Otudents who do not wish to pursue a 
degree at Lycoming College may, if space 
permits, register for credit or audit courses on 
either a part-time or full-time basis. Students 
who register for one or two courses are 
considered to be enrolled part-time; students 
who register for three or four courses are 
considered to be enrolled full-time. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four courses, the Dean of the 
College reserves the right to grant or deny per- 
mission to continue to register in this category. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register individuals who 
do not meet the standards of the College. 

Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must reapply (with 
no application fee) and satisfy all conditions 
for admission and registration in effect at the 
time of application for degree status. 

AUDITORS 

r\ny person may audit courses at Lycom- 
ing at one-fourth tuition per course. Members 
of the Lycoming College Scholar Program 
may audit a fifth course per semester at no 
additional charge. Laboratory and other special 
fees must be paid in full. Examinations, papers, 
and other evaluation devices are not required 
of auditors, but individual arrangements may 
be made to complete such exercises with 
consent of the instructor. The option to audit 
a course must be declared during the same 
period (currently five days) at the beginning 
of each semester, half-semester, or term as 
drop/add and pass/fail and must be completed 
in the Registrar's Office. 



ATTENDANCE 

1 he academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establish- 
ing reasonable absence regulations in any 
course. The student is responsible for 
learning and observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

/\ Student who wishes to withdraw 
from the College during the semester should 
contact the Office of the Associate Dean of 
the College or the Assistant Dean for Fresh- 
men. College personnel will explain the 
procedure to ensure that the student's finan- 
cial and academic records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 
with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 

The student may also wish to review the 
Leave of Absence section of the Student 
Handbook. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

1 he evaluation of student performance in 
credit courses is indicated by the use of 
traditional letter symbols. These symbols and 
their definitions are as follows: 
A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve- 
ment through mastery of content or skills and 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Student has demonstrated basic competence in 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPA 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE AS- 
SIGNED — Converted from traditional grade 
of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 

W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
from the course from the sixth day through 
the twelfth week of the semester. 

The cumula- 
tive grade point 
average (GPA) 
is calculated by 
multiplying 
quality points by 
credits and 
dividing the total 
quality points by 
the total credits. 
A quality point 
is the unit of 
measurement of 
the quality of 
work done by 
the student. 



Quality Points 
Earned 
for Each 
Grade Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



The grade point average for the major is 
calculated in the same way as the cumulative 
grade point average. 

A minimum of 2.00 is required for the 
cumulative grade point average in the major to 
meet the requirements for graduation. The 
cumulative GPA is not determined by averag- 
ing semester GPA's. 

Pass/Fail 

U se of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows (this does not apply to 
English 105): 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one course per semester and in no 
more than four courses during their under- 
graduate careers. 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of a 
major may not be used to satisfy a require- 
ment of that major, including courses required 
by the major department which are offered by 
other departments. (Instructor-designated 
courses are excepted from this limitation.) 

• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in English 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate 
a minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the grade 
point average. If a student selects P/F (with 
no designated minimum acceptance grade) 
and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will be 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



I 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadlines. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be removed 
within six weeks of the next regular semester. 

Repetition of Course 

Otudents shall have the option of repeat- 
ing courses for which they already have 
received a passing grade in addition to those 
which they have failed. Recording of grades 
for all repeated courses shall be governed by 
the following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

• A repeated course will be counted toward 
the total number of unsuccessful attempts. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

1 he following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates. 
See page 17 for related Financial Aid information. 



Year Semester Number of Semester 







Hours Earned 


Freshman 


1 


Less than 12 




2 


At least 12 but less than 24 


Sophomore 


1 


At least 24 but less than 40 




2 


At least 40 but less than 56 


Junior 


1 


At least 56 but less than 76 




2 


At least 76 but less than 96 


Senior 


1 


At least 96 but less than 1 12 




2 


More than 112 



ACADEMIC STANDING 

Otudents will be considered in good 
academic standing if they meet the following 
standard: 

Hours Completed Cumulative 

GPA 
less than or equal to 1 6 1 .70 

more than 1 6, less than or equal to 32 1 .80 
more than 32, less than or equal to 48 1 .90 
more than 48 2.00 

Students who do not meet this standard will 
be placed on academic probation. 

Students will be subject to suspension from 
the College if they: 

• are on probation for two consecutive semesters 

• achieve a grade point average of 1 .00 or 
below during any one semester 

Students will be subject to dismissal 
from the College if they: 

• cannot reasonably complete all require- 
ments for a degree 

• exceed 24 semester hours of unsuccessful 
course attempts (grades of F, W, and R) 
except in the case of withdrawal for medical 
or psychological reasons 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

1 he integrity of the academic process 
of the College requires honesty in all phases 
of the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for the 
adjudication of cases of academic dishonesty 
are printed in The Faculty Handbook and The 
Pathfinder (the student academic handbook), 
copies of which are available in the library. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 

Dean's List 

Otudents are admitted to the Dean's List 
at the end of the fall and spring semesters if 
they have completed at least 15 credits with 
other than P or R grades, and have a minimum 
grade point average of 3.50 for the semester. 

Graduation Honors 

otudents are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree, the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, or 
the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree 
with honors when they have earned the 
following grade point averages based on all 
courses attempted at Lycoming, with a 
minimum of 64 credits (16 units) required for 
a student to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude 3.50-3.89 

cum laude 3.25-3.49 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Freshmen Men Blue Key 

Freshmen Women Gold Key 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 



Nursing Sigma Theta Tau 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 

PRIZES AND AWARDS 

Endowed Funds 

William T. and Ruth S. Askey Music Prize 

is given to a graduating senior who is recog- 
nized for his/her proficiency as a music major. 

Jack C. Buckle Award is given annually to a 
junior male student with high moral qualities, 
who has at least a 2.0 cumulative GPA and, 
who has made an unusual contribution to campus 
life through leadership in student activities. 

Byron C. Brunstetter Science Award is 

given to a senior chemistry/biology major for 
outstanding achievement in chemical and 
biological sciences. 

Class of 1907 Prize is given to the senior who 
has been outstanding in the promotion of 
College spirit through participation in 
athletics and other activities. 

Benjamin C. Conner Prize is given to the 
graduating student who has done outstanding 
work in mathematics. 

Criminal Justice Society Prize is given to the 
criminal justice major who has demonstrated 
outstanding classroom performance, a promise 
of leadership and service to college and 
community. 

W. Arthur Fans Memorial Prize is given in 
memory of Dr. W. Arthur Faus, a former 
Professor of Philosophy at Lycoming College, 
to the graduating senior who has done 
outstanding work in philosophy. 

Durant L. Furey III Memorial Prize is 

given to the senior accounting major who has 
shown outstanding achievement in accounting. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^\ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



\ 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Gillette Foreign Language Prizes are given 
to senior French, German, and Spanish majors 
who have achieved excellence in these foreign 
languages. 

Dan Gustafson Award, in memory of a 
former member of the English Department, is 
given to the senior English major whose 
analytical writing demonstrates the highest 
standards of literary and critical excellence. 

Helen R. Hoover Community Service Prize 

is given annually to a graduating senior who 
has demonstrated a personal commitment to 
serving the fortunate citizens in either greater 
Williamsport or their own community of 
permanent residence. 

Elisha Benson Kline Prize is given to the 
senior mathematics major with outstanding 
achievement in the field. 

Charles J. Kocian Awards are given to the 
accounting, business administration, and 
economics majors who show the greatest 
proficiency in statistics; the mathematics 
major who shows the greatest proficiency in 
applied mathematics; the graduating senior 
who shows the greatest proficiency in 
computer science; the graduating senior who 
shows the greatest proficiency in operations 
research; the graduating senior business 
administration major with the highest grade 
point average; the graduating political science 
major with the highest grade point average; 
the graduating senior with the highest average 
in the class and the graduating nursing major 
with the highest grade point average. 

Don Lincoln Larrabee Law Prize is given to 
the graduating student who has shown 
outstanding scholarship in legal principles. 

The John M. Lindemuth Endowed Prize 

Fund, established in 1986 by Mr. and Mrs. 
John M. Lindemuth of Williamsport, Pennsyl- 
vania, provides annual cash awards for 
varsity football players who earn the highest 



cumulative grade point average in their 
chosen field of academic study at Lycoming 
College. This prize is managed in compliance 
with current NCAA regulations concerning 
scholastic awards for athletes. 

C. Daniel and Jeanne Little Award, pre- 
sented in memory of two Lycoming alumni, is 
given to the outstanding student in public 
administration. 

Phoebe R. Lyon Prize, is given to the senior 
who has achieved outstanding attainments in 
the study of English. 

The Gertrude B. Madden Mass Communi- 
cation Award, established in 1985 by the 
students of the Mass Communication Society, 
is presented annually to the senior mass 
communication major who, in the judgment op- 
his or her peers, has best integrated academic 
excellence, professional development in a mass 
media field and contribution to campus media. 

The McDowell Prize is given to the senior 
ministerial student who excels in scholarship, 
deportment, and promise of usefulness, and 
who declares his intention to make the 
ministry his life work. 

The Metzler Prize is given to a junior for 
superior work in Junior English. 

M.B. Rich Prizes are given to: the student in 
the freshman class who attains the highest rank 
in scholarship and deportment; to the two students 
who at a public contest excel in reading the 
Scriptures; and to the two students who excel 
in writing and delivering an original oration. 

The Professor Logan A. Richmond Ac- 
counting Prize is awarded annually to a 
graduating senior who has done outstanding 
work in accounting and demonstrated 
exceptional proficiency in writing. 

The Janet A. Rodgers Academic Award, 

established in honor of the founding chair of 
the Department of Nursing, provides an 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^m 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



annual $100 award to a senior nursing student 
who demonstrates exceptional academic 
achievement and has been an active partici- 
pant in health-related programs. 

Mary L. Russell Award, named in honor of a 
professor emeritus of music, is given for 
outstanding musical achievement. 

Nathan A. Scheib Memorial Music Fund, in 

memory of a friend of the College, provides 
financial assistance to qualified deserving 
students for advanced training in music. 

Trask Chemistry Prize is given to the senior 
chemistry major who has done outstanding 
work in the field. 

The James E. Wehr Award is presented to a 
student who has demonstrated a personal 
expertise in the subject of financial accounting. 

Williamsport Rotary Club Nursing Prize 

This prize is awarded to a part-time student 
taking courses on a regular basis in the B.S.N, 
program. Preference will to be given to a 
registered nurse with the highest cumulative 
GPA who is also a permanent resident of the 
greater Williamsport community. 

The Sol "Woody" Wolfe Athletic Prize is 

awarded annually to that participant in an 
authorized N.C.A.A. sport who has shown the 
most improvement in intercollegiate competi- 
tion in his first three years in college. 

Annual Prizes 

American Chemical Society Award, 

sponsored by the Susquehanna Valley Chapter 
of the society, is given to the outstanding 
senior in chemistry. 

Accounting Society Service Award is given 
for outstanding service to the Lycoming 
College Accounting Society. 

American Institute of Chemists Prize, given 
by the Philadelphia section of the Institute, 
goes to a senior major with an outstanding 



record of leadership, ability, character and 
scholastic achievement. 

Arena Theatre Awards: 

Performance - This award is given to the 
senior who has demonstrated outstanding 
ability in theatre performance. 
Technical Theatre - This award is given to the 
senior who has demonstrated outstanding 
ability in technical theatre. 

Biology Service Award is given to the 
student who has shown good academic work 
and has fostered the ideals of the department 
by willingness to become involved in the 
activities of the department. 

Freshman Biology Award is given to the 
freshman who has obtained the highest overall 
average in Biology 110-111 (major biology 
lecture and laboratory). 

CRC Press Chemistry Achievement Award 

is given to that freshman who has demonstrated 
outstanding achievement in general chemistry. 

Chieftain Award, the College's most presti- 
gious award, is given to the senior who has 
contributed most to Lycoming through support 
of school activities; who has exhibited out- 
standing leadership qualities; who has worked 
effectively with other members of the College 
community; who has evidenced a good moral 
code; and whose academic rank is above the 
median for the preceding senior class. 

Civic Choir Award is given to the College 
choir member who has outstanding musical 
ability and who has made significant leader- 
ship contributions to the choir. 

Contribution Award is awarded to the 
chapter who through volunteerism or philan- 
thropic work has contributed to either or all 
of the area, campus, or world communities. 

Elizabeth Cowles Dedication to Greek Life 
Award is awarded in honor of the Alpha Rho 
Omega advisor from 1983-1994 to the 
individual who has dedicated his/her time and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



energy for the betterment of Greek life at 
Lycoming College. 

Durkheim Prize is given to the outstanding 
senior sociology/anthropology major(s). 

Bishop William Perry Eveland Prize is 

given to the senior who has shown progress in 
scholarship, loyalty, school spirit, and 
participation in school activities. 

Excellence in Two-Dimensional Art Award 

is given to the outstanding senior art major in 
this field. 

Excellence in Three-Dimensional Art 
Award is given to the outstanding senior art 
major in this field. 

Excellence in Political Science Award is 

given to the senior political science major 
who has performed with excellence. 

J.W. Feree Award, given in memory of the 

first mathematics professor at Lycoming's 
forerunner, the Dickinson Seminary, goes to 
the student most active in mathematical 
sciences. 

Faculty Prize is given to the commuting 
student with satisfactory scholarship and who 
has been outstanding in promotion of school 
spirit through participation in school activities. 

Freshman Academic Award is given to the 
freshman student(s) with the highest GPA 
after the fall semester. 

John P. Graham Award, named in honor of 
a professor emeritus, is given to the senior 
English major who achieves the highest 
average in English. 

Edward J. Gray Prizes are given to the 
graduating students with the highest and 
second highest averages. 

Greek Man of the Year is bestowed upon the 
man of outstanding character within the Greek 
community. He is one who has contributed 
greatly to the Greek system as well as his 
chapter while at Lycoming College. 



Greek Woman of the Year is bestowed upon 
the woman of outstanding character within the 
Greek community. She is one who has 
contributed greatly to the Greek system as well 
as her chapter while at Lycoming College. 

The John G. HoUenback Award is given for 
high academic performance and outstanding 
service to the Business Department. 

IRUSKA Awards denote membership in the 
society for juniors who are very active on 
campus. 

Junior Book Award is given to the outstand- 
ing junior political science major. 

The Kramer and Hoffman Associates 
Award is given for superior achievement in 
the study of federal income tax. 

The Makisu Award is given for outstanding 
service to the college community, for dedica- 
tion above and beyond the realm of one's 
obligations to the College. 

Department of Mathematical Sciences 
Award is given to that student demonstrating 
excellence in computer programming. [Or 
other criterion to be specified (by the depart- 
ment); e.g. "outstanding scholarship"] 

Ethel McDonald Pax Christi Award is 

given for outstanding but quiet consistency in 
the life of faith and the practice of Christian- 
ity, noteworthy personal integrity and humble 
loving compassion expressed in daily life. 

Walter G. Mclver Award, named after 
Lycoming's former choir director, is given to 
an outstanding and dedicated choir member 
who has made significant campus contribu- 
tions outside of choir. 

New Member Class Academic Excellence is 

awarded to the new member class (pledge 
class) who has achieved the highest GPA 
within the Greek system. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^m 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Most Improved Pledge Grades is awarded 
to the pledge class whose GPA has shown the 
greatest improvement within the Greek system. 

Most Improved GPA for a Greek Chapter 

is awarded to the chapter whose entire chapter 
has shown the greatest improvement within 
the Greek system. 

Department of Nursing Award for Clinical 
Excellence is given for outstanding achieve- 
ment in the clinical setting. 

Department of Nursing Faculty Award is 

given to the senior nursing major who best 
exemplifies the spirit of the profession. 

Lycoming College Nursing Honor Society 
Research Recognition Award is given to the 
nursing student who has demonstrated an in- 
depth understanding of the research process, as 
evidenced by a completed research project, with 
formal dissemination of the results of the 
study. 

Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public 
Accountants Award is given to the senior 
accounting major who has demonstrated high 
scholastic standing and qualities of leadership. 

The Penguin Award, in memory of Robert T. 
Guellich, II, '92, recognizes the junior student 
who has excelled in English, preferably with a 
concentration in political science, and who 
has contributed significantly to campus life. 

Pocahontas Award is given to Lycoming's 
outstanding female athlete. 

Psi Chi Service Award is given for contribu- 
tions to the Psychology Department. 

Research and Writing Prize in History is 
given to the student who does the best work in 
History 449. 

Sadler Prize is given to the student with the 
highest achievement in calculus, foundations 
of mathematics, algebra, and analysis. 



Senior Management Award is given to the 
business major whose senior management 
project was judged best by the Business 
Administration Department. 

Senior Scholarship Prize in History is given 
to the senior major with the highest average. 

Service to Lycoming Award, sponsored by 
the Office of Student Services, is given to 
students who have made outstanding 
contributions to Lycoming. 

Frances K. Skeath Award is given to the 
senior with outstanding achievement in 
mathematics. 

J. Milton Skeath Award is given for superior 
undergraduate achievement and potential for 
further work in psychology. 

Sophomore Intermediate Accounting 
Award is given for the accounting major with 
the highest average in Intermediate Account- 
ing at the end of the spring term. 

The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in 

Economics is given to a graduating student for 
outstanding achievement in economics. 

The John A. Streeter Memorial Award in 

Music is given to the College band member 
who has outstanding musical ability and who 
has made significant leadership contributions 
to the band. 

Tomahawk Award is given to Lycoming's 
outstanding male athlete. 

Wall Street Journal Awards: One award is 
given to a senior business major for excel- 
lence in the field and service to the College 
community, and another award is given for 
excellence in economics. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



The 

Academic 

Program 

Lycoming College awards three 
different degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), 
Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A) and Bachelor 
of Science in Nursing (B.S.N). 

THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

l_/yconiing is committed to the principle 
that a liberal arts education is the best hope 
for an enlightened citizenry. Consequently, 
the Bachelor of Arts degree is conferred upon 
the student who has completed an educational 
program incorporating the two principles of 
the liberal arts known as distribution and 
concentration. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Jl!/very degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Complete a major consisting of at least 
eight courses with a minimum grade point 
average of 2.0. 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




• Earn one year of credit in physical educa- 
tion. Athletic training courses may count 
towards this requirement. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.0. Additional credits 
beyond 128 semester hours may be com- 
pleted provided the minimum 2.0 cumula- 
tive average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

• Complete the above requirements within 
seven years of continuous enrollment 
following the date of matriculation. 

All exemptions or waivers of specific 
requirements are made by the Committee on 
Academic Standards. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
FINE ARTS DEGREE 

1 he Bachelor of Fine Arts degree is 
specifically designed to train professional 
artists. The B.F.A. in sculpture is a synthesis of 
three diverse forms of education: a studio art 
program that emphasizes the skills and concepts 
of the visual language, an apprenticeship that 
takes technical expertise as the departure point, 
and the scholastic method employed in both art 
history and the general-education component. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Requirements 

Jll/very B.F.A degree candidate is 
expected to meet the following requirements 
in order to qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the 1 2-course Art Department 
course of study, while achieving a minimum 
grade point average of 2.0 in these courses. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.0 in these courses. 

• Complete one of the field specialization 
apprenticeships at the Johnson Atelier 
Technical Institute of Sculpture. 

• Earn one year of credit in physical educa- 
tion. Athletic training courses may count 
towards this requirement. 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

• Have a public exhibition of original art 
work and make an oral defense. 

THE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN 
NURSING DEGREE 

1 he program of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree is 
designed to prepare men and women as 
beginning practitioners of professional 
nursing, qualified for first-level positions in a 
variety of health settings and for graduate 
study in nursing. Upon satisfactory comple- 
tion of the program, a graduate is eligible to 
write the State Board of Nursing examination 
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal 
of the program is to develop a liberally- 
educated and self-directed individual who is 
prepared to contribute to the welfare of the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



nation through the practice of professional 
nursing, which supports the promotion and 
restoration of the health of individuals and 



Requirements 

tl/very B.S.N, degree candidate is ex- 
pected to meet the following requirements in 
order to qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the 13-course major with a 
minimum cumulative grade point average of 
2.0, including the required May term 
following the junior year. 

• Complete the distribution requirements for 
the B.S.N, degree. 

• Complete Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Complete a minimum of 32 units (128 
semester hours) with a minimum cumulative 
average of 2.0. 

• Earn one year of credit in physical educa- 
tion. Athletic training courses may count 
towards this requirement. 

• Complete in residence the final eight 
courses offered for the degree at Lycoming 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

Complete the degree requirements within a 
five-year period after admission to the nursing 
major. Candidates who are unable to meet 
this requirement must petition for an extension. 

THE DISTRIBUTION 
PROGRAM 

The Distribution Program for 
the B.A. and B.F.A. Degrees 

/\ course can be used to satisfy only one 
distribution requirement. Courses for which a 
grade of "P" is recorded may not be used 
toward the fulfillment of the distribution 
requirements. (Refer to page 29 & 30 for an 
explanation of the grading system.) A course 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



in any of the following distribution require- 
ments refers to a full-unit (four semester 
hours) course taken at Lycoming, any 
appropriate combination of fractional unit 
courses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
to four semester hours, or any single course of 
three or more semester hours transferred from 
another institution. For the B.S.N, degree, see 
the special modified distribution requirements 
on page 40. Special distribution requirements 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program on page 48. 

A. English - Students are required to take 
English 105 and 106 as well as one other unit 
of English, unless exempted from English 105 
on the basis of the entrance examination 
administered before enrollment, CLEP, or the 
AP test in English. English 105 also requires 
a lab component designed to help the student 
succeed in college work. A student must 
either pass English 105 or be exempted from 
it before taking English 106. Unless the 
student does not complete English 105 during 
the first semester of college, English 106 
must be taken during the freshman year. 
English 106 or consent of the instructor is a 
requirement of all other English courses. 
Students may choose any course except 
English 105 and English 106 from the 
department's offerings to satisfy the require- 
ment for another unit of English. 

B. Foreign Language or Mathematical 
Sciences — Students are required to meet a 
minimum basic requirement in either a 
foreign language or the mathematical sci- 
ences. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE — Students may 
choose from among French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, and Spanish and are required to pass 
two courses on the intermediate or higher 
course level. Placement at the appropriate 
course level will be determined by the faculty 
of the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. Students who have completed 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



two or more years of a given language in high 
school are not admitted for credit to the 
elementary course in the same foreign 
language except by written permission of the 
chairman of the department. 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — Students 
are required to demonstrate competence in 
basic algebra and to pass three units in 
mathematical sciences other than Mathematics 
100. Competence in basic algebra may be 
demonstrated either by passing the basic 
algebra section of the Mathematics Placement 
Examination or by passing Mathematics 100. 
By demonstrating higher competence on the 
Mathematics Placement Examination, 
students may reduce the requirement to two 
units in mathematical sciences. No more than 
one unit may be taken in computer science. 

The Mathematics Placement Examination 
may be scheduled a maximum of three times, 
only one of which may be after matriculation. 
A retest fee of $25 will be charged for each 
private test administration. 

C. ReHgion or Philosophy — Students are 
required to pass two courses in either religion 
or philosophy. Any two religion courses may 
be used to fulfill the philosophy/religion 
distribution requirement, with this exception: 
only one course from the combination Religion 
120-121 may be selected for distribution. 

D. Fine Arts — Students are required to pass 
two courses as indicated in art, literature, 
music, or theatre. 

ART — Any two courses. 
LITERATURE - Any two courses from the 
offerings of the Department of English (except 
ENGL 105, 106, 217, 321, 338 and 449) and 
the literature courses of the Department of 
Foreign Languages (French, German or Spanish). 

MUSIC — Any combination of eight (8) 
credits, including applied music, ensemble, 
and Music Department courses. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



THEATRE — Any two of the following 
courses: Theatre 100, 110, 140, 148, 332, 333, 
or other courses with the consent of the instructor. 

E. Natural Sciences — Students are required 
to pass any two courses as indicated in one of 
the following disciplines: astronomy and 
physics, except Astronomy 1 14 and 115; 
biology; or chemistry. 

F. History and Social Sciences - Students are 
required to pass two courses as indicated in 
economics, history, political science, psychol- 
ogy or sociology/anthropology. 

ECONOMICS — Any two courses. 

HISTORY — Any two courses, except 
History 222. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE — Any two courses. 

P5FC//0L0GF— Psychology 1 10 and one 
other course, except Psychology 101. 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY — Sociol- 
ogy/Anthropology 1 10 plus another course. 

The Distribution Program 
For The B.S.N. Degree 

A. English — Same as for the B.A. degree. 

B. Mathematical Sciences — competence in 
basic algebra as demonstrated by completion 
of, or exemption from. Math 100; Mathemat- 
ics 103; and Computer Science 108, 125, or 
Mathematics 214. 

C. Religion and Philosophy — Religion 120 
and Philosophy 219. 

D. Fine Arts/Foreign Language — two 

courses from one department as follows: 

ART — Any two courses. 

LITERATURE - Any two courses from the 
offerings of the Department of English 
(except ENGL 105, 106, 217, 321, 338 and 
449) and the literature courses of the Depart- 
ment of Foreign Languages (French, German 
or Spanish). 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC — Any combination of eight (8) 
credits, including applied music, ensemble, 
and music department courses. 

THEATRE — Any two courses from among 
Theatre 100, 1 10, 140,148, 332, 333, or other 
courses with the consent of the instructor. 

LANGUAGE — Any two courses at the 
intermediate or higher level. No student who 
has had two or more years of a given foreign 
language in high school shall be admitted to 
the elementary courses in that same language 
for credit, except by written permission of the 
chairman of the department. 

E. Natural Sciences - Chemistry 108, 115. 

F. Social Sciences - Psychology 1 10 and 117; 
Sociology/Anthropology — one from among 

1 10, 1 14, 220, 222, 224, 227, 228, 229, 331, 
334 and 335. 

Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

L Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skill 
promotes intellectual growth and is a hallmark 
of the educated person. The program has 
therefore been designed to achieve two major, 
interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students are 
given opportunities to write in a variety of 
contexts and in a substantial number of 
courses, in which they receive faculty 
guidance and reinforcement. 

IL Program Requirements 

In order to graduate from Lycoming, all 
students must complete the following writing 
requirements: 

1 ) English 105 or exemption from the 

course. 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



2) English 106 (Composition) and one other 
English course. 

3) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

4) Two courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

• Successful completion of English 106 
is a prerequisite for enrollment in 
writing-intensive courses. 

• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• Each student must complete one "W" 
course from among those offered by the 
major department, or, with department 
approval, from a related department. 
The other "W" course completed must 
be from a department other than the 
major department. In the case of 
students with multiple majors, one "W" 
course must be completed from one of 
those majors. The second course may 
be taken in one of the student's other 
majors. 

• Students should take one "W" course 
during the sophomore year and one 
during the junior year — although other 
sequences are possible and may, in 
certain circumstances, be advisable. 

• A writing-intensive course may not 
duplicate a course taken to satisfy 2) 
above 

III. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 



ACCOUNTING 

AMERICAN STUDIES 
ART 

ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 



Accounting 331, 
Philosophy 216 
History 443 
Art222, 223, 331, 
333, 334 
Astronomy 230 
Biology 222, 224 



BUSINESS 
CHEMISTRY 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
ECONOMICS 
EDUCATION 
ENGLISH 

FRENCH 

GERMAN 

HISTORY 

INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES 

MASS 
COMMUNICATION 



MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 



Business 440, 441 
Chemistry 330, 332 
Computer Science 
246, 344 
History 230, 443 
Economics 337, 440 
Education 343, 344 
English 331, 334, 
335, 336, 420 
French 44 1 
German 431, 441 
History 218, 230, 
443, 449 
International 
Studies 449 

Mass 

Communication 
226, 330 

Mathematics 234 
Music 336 



NEAR EAST CULTURE Art 222 



NURSING 
PHILOSOPHY 

PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY/ 

ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 



Nursing 435 
Philosophy 216, 
219,301,332,333 
Physics 338, 447 
Political Science 
223, 244 
Psychology 225, 
431,432 

Religion 230, 331 
Sociology 229, 441 

Spanish 418 
Theatre 332, 333 



CONCENTRATION 

The Major 

Otudents are required to complete a series 
of courses in one departmental or interdisci- 
plinary (established or individual) major. 
Specific course requirements for each major 
offered by the College are listed in the 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



curriculum section of this catalog. Students 
must earn a 2.0 or higher grade point average 
in those courses stipulated as comprising the 
major. Students must declare a major by the 
beginning of their junior year. Departmental 
and established interdisciplinary majors are 
declared in the Office of the Registrar, 
whereas individual interdisciplinary majors 
must be approved by the Committee on 
Curriculum Development. Students may 
complete more than one major, each of which 
will be recorded on the transcript. Students 
may be removed from major status if they are 
not making satisfactory progress in their 
major. This action is taken by the Dean of the 
College upon the recommendation of the 
department, coordinating committee (for 
established interdisciplinary majors), or 
Curriculum Development Committee (for 
individual interdisciplinary majors). The 
decision of the Dean of the College may be 
appealed to the Academic Standards Commit- 
tee by the student involved or by the recom- 
mending department or committee. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Computer Science 

Economics 

English 

Foreign Languages and Literatures 

French, German, Spanish 
History 

Mass Communication 
Mathematics 
Music 
Nursing 
Philosophy 
Physics 



Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology/Anthropology 

Theatre 

Established Interdisciplinary Majors — 

The following established interdisciplinary 
majors include course work in two or more 
departments: 

Accounting/Mathematical Sciences 

American Studies 

Criminal Justice 

International Studies 

Literature 

Near East Culture and Archaeology 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which 
combine course work in more than one 
department. These majors are developed in 
consultation with students' faculty advisors 
and with a panel of faculty members from 
each of the sponsoring departments. The 
applications are acted upon by the Curriculum 
Development Committee. The major nor- 
mally consists of 10 courses beyond those 
taken to satisfy the distribution requirements. 
Students are expected to complete at least six 
courses at the junior or senior level. Ex- 
amples of individual interdisciplinary majors 
are: Racial and Cultural Minorities, Illustra- 
tion in the Print Medium, Environmental Law, 
Advertising, Art/Business, Human Behavior, 
and Images of Man. 

Major in Sculpture Leading to 
Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree — Through a 
cooperative program with the Johnson Atelier 
Technical Institute of Sculpture in Mercerville, 
New Jersey, students may earn a B.F.A. degree 
in sculpture. The major consists of a core 
academic program, a course of study in art, 
elective courses, and an apprenticeship at the 
Johnson Atelier. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



The Minor 

1 he College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors 
are subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two courses 
which are not counted in the student's 
major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 
not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major disci- 
pline is Art and the minor is Art History. (A 
discipline is any course of study in which a 
student can major. Tracks within majors are 
not separate disciplines.) 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by signing a form available in the 
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 
signatures, and returning the completed form 
to the Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Students must meet the requirements for the 
minor which are in effect at the time they 
declare a minor or which are in effect subse- 
quent to that time before they graduate. 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 



Departmental minors are available in the 
following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 

Financial Accounting 

Managerial Accounting 

Federal Income Tax 
ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 
CHEMISTRY 
ECONOMICS 
ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MASS COMMUNICATION 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 

The History of Philosophy 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

Foreign Affairs 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY 

THEATRE 

Theatre History & Literature 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciph- 
nary minors include course work in two or 
more departments. Students interested in 
interdisciplinary minors should consult the 
faculty coordinator of that minor. Interdisci- 
plinary minors are available in the following 
areas: BIBLICAL LANGUAGES, CRIMI- 
NAL JUSTICE, MASS COMMUNICATION, 
and WOMEN'S STUDIES. 



COOPERATIVE 
PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with 
opportunities to extend their knowledge, 
abilities, and talents in selected areas through 
access to the specialized academic programs 
and facilities of other colleges, universities, 
academies and hospitals. Although thorough 
advising and curricular planning are provided 
for each of the cooperative programs, admis- 
sion to Lycoming and registration in the 
program of choice do not guarantee admission 
to the cooperating institution. The prerogative 
of admitting students to the cooperative aspect 
of the program rests with the cooperating 
institution. Students who are interested in a 
cooperative program should contact the 
coordinator during the first week of the first 
semester of their enrollment at Lycoming. 
This is necessary to plan their course pro- 
grams in a manner that will ensure completion 
of required courses according to the schedule 
stipulated for the program. All cooperative 
programs require special coordination of 
course scheduling at Lycoming. 



Engineering — Combining the advantages of 
a liberal arts education and the technical train- 
ing of an engineering curriculum, this program 
is offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva- 
nia State University. Students complete three 
years of study at Lycoming and two years at 
the cooperating university. Upon satisfactory 
completion of the first year of engineering 
studies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts 
degree. When students successfully complete 
the second year of engineering studies, the 
cooperating university awards a Bachelor of 
Science degree in engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
tribution program and courses in physics, 
mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva- 
nia State University offers aerospace, agricul- 
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, 
engineering science, industrial, mechanical, 
mining and nuclear engineering. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 
students can earn the baccalaureate and master 
degrees in five years, spending three years at 
Lycoming and two years at Duke. All 
Lycoming distribution and major require- 
ments must be completed by the end of the 
junior year. At the end of the first year at 
Duke, a baccalaureate degree will be awarded 
by Lycoming. Duke will award the profes- 
sional degree of Master of Forestry or Master 
of Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
to accommodate a variety of individual 
designs. An undergraduate major in one of 
the natural sciences, social sciences, or 
business may provide good preparation for the 
programs at Duke, but a student with any 
undergraduate concentration will be consid- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ered for admission. All students need at least 
two courses each in biology, mathematics, 
and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
month session of field work in natural 
resource management. They must complete a 
total of 48 units which generally takes four 
semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
baccalaureate degree before undertaking 
graduate study at Duke. The master degree 
requirements for these students are the same 
as for those students entering after the junior 
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate 
work of satisfactory quality. All credit 
reductions are determined individually and 
consider the students' educational background 
and objectives. 

Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may either 
complete a Bachelor of Arts program fol- 
lowed by a clinical internship at any Ameri- 
can Medical Association-accredited hospital, 
or they may complete the cooperative 
program. Students electing the cooperative 
program normally study for three years at 
Lycoming, during which time they complete 
24 unit courses, including the College 
distribution requirements, a major, and 
requirements of the National Accrediting 
Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences 
(NAACLS). The current requirements of the 
NAACLS are: four courses in chemistry (one 
of which must be either organic or biochemis- 
try); four courses in biology (including 
courses in microbiology and immunology), 
and one course in mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (Biology 224) and Plant Sciences 
(Biology 225). Students must take either 
Microbiology (Biology 22 1 ) or Microbiology 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



for the Health Sciences (Biology 226), and 
either Animal Physiology (Biology 223) or 
Cell Physiology (Biology 335). The coopera- 
tive program requires successful completion of 
a one-year internship at an American Medical 
Association-accredited hospital. Lycoming is 
affiliated with the following accredited 
hospitals: Divine Providence, Rolling Hill, 
Robert Packer, Lancaster, and Abington. 
Students in the cooperative program receive 
credit at Lycoming for each of eight courses in 
biology and chemistry successfully completed 
during the clinical internship. Successful 
completion of the Registry Examination is not 
considered a graduation requirement at 
Lycoming College. 

Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming 
must complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry after only three years at 
Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry, a student will earn a 
Doctor of Optometry degree. Selection of 
candidates for the professional segment of the 
program is completed by the admissions 
committee of the Pennsylvania College 
of Optometry during the student's third year 
at Lycoming. (This is one of two routes that 
students may choose. Any student, of 
course, may follow the regular application 
procedures for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Optometry or another college of 
optometry to matriculate following comple- 
tion of his or her baccalaureate program.) 
During the three years at Lycoming College, 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



the student will complete 24 unit courses, 
including all distribution requirements, and 
will prepare for his or her professional 
training by obtaining a solid foundation in 
biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics. 
During the first year of study at the Pennsyl- 
vania College of Optometry, the 
student will take 39 semester hours of basic 
science courses in addition to introductions to 
optometry and health care. Successful 
completion of the first year of professional 
training will complete the course requirements 
for the B.A. degree at Lycoming College. 
Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (Biology 224) 
and Plant Sciences (Biology 225). (This 
modified major requires the successful 
completion of the initial year at the Pennsyl- 
vania College of Optometry.) Students 
desiring other majors must coordinate their 
plans with the Health Professions Advisory 
Committee in order to ensure that they have 
satisfied all requirements. 

Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 
podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
erated Podiatric Medical Education-Curricu- 
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program 
provides an opportunity for students to qualify 
for admission to the Pennsylvania College of 
Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the Ohio 
College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) after 
three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
including the distribution requirements and a 
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 



must successfully complete a program of basic 
science courses and an introduction to podia- 
try. Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward the 
fulfillment of the course requirements for a 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete 
a modified major which will exempt them 
from two biology courses: Ecology (Biology 
224) and Plant Sciences (Biology 225) (This 
modified major requires the successful 
completion of the initial year at PCPM or 
OCPM.) 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee. 

Sculpture — The Art Department with the 
Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of 
Sculpture in Mercerville, New Jersey, offers a 
B.F.A. degree in sculpture. The Atelier uses a 
classical apprenticeship approach as its 
teaching method. This ancient method of 
teaching is combined at Johnson with the 
most modern and technically advanced 
foundry and fabricating techniques. 

The Art Department offers a synthesis 
program that interrelates the student experi- 
ence at both institutions. This is achieved by 
having the student rotate between Lycoming 
and the Atelier so that each form of education 
is a preparation for the other. Lycoming offers 
a core academic program, a course of study in 
the Art Department, and elective course 
opportunities. Lycoming gives eight course 
units of college credit to the student for having 
successfully completed one of the apprentice- 
ship programs at the Johnson Atelier. 

All work completed by the student at 
Lycoming by the end of the sophomore 
year will be applicable to a Bachelor of Arts 
degree with a major in art should the student 
decide to withdraw from the B.F.A. program. 
If the student should withdraw from the 
cooperative program prior to completing the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



apprenticeship at the Johnson Atelier, 
Lycoming will give up to four units of credits 
or one semester's work for the internship. If, 
however, the student completes more work at 
the Atelier than the four units, that extra work 
will not be credited to a Bachelor of Arts 
degree; it will only be counted toward a 
Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, and then only if 
the course at the Atelier is completed. 

This course of study is very rigorous. It 
requires the student to study almost continu- 
ously, either at Lycoming or at the Johnson 
Atelier, during the four years it takes to 
complete the degree. (See Art Department 
listing for specific program.) 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in R.O.T.C. Lycoming 
notes enrollment in and successful completion 
of the program on student transcripts. Mili- 
tary Science is a four-year program divided 
into a basic course given during the freshman 
and sophomore years and an advanced course 
given during the junior and senior years. 
Students who have not completed the basic 
course may qualify for the advanced course 
by completing summer camp between the 
sophomore and junior years. Students 
enrolled in the advanced course receive an 
annual stipend of $ 1 ,000. One course each in 
written communication, human behavior, and 
military history will fulfill the professional 
military education requirements. R.O.T.C. 
scholarship cadets must also complete one 
semester of a foreign language. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and advanced summer camp 
between the junior and senior years will 
qualify for a commission as a Second Lieuten- 
ant in the United States Army upon graduation, 
and will incur a service obligation in the active 
Army or Army Reserves. The only expense to 
the student for this program is the $75 uniform 
deposit, which is refundable, less costs. 



THE HONORS PROGRAM 

The Scholar Program 

1 he Lycoming College Scholar Program is 
a special program designed to meet the needs 
and aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth 
course each semester at no additional cost. In 
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
usual limitations on independent studies by the 
Individual Studies Committee. 

Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 
guidelines governing selection of new 
scholars are flexible; academic excellence, 
intellectual curiosity, and creativity are all 
taken into account. Students who desire to 
participate in the Scholar Program but are not 
invited may petition the Scholar Council for 
consideration. Petitioning students should 
provide the Scholar Council with letters of 
recommendation from Lycoming faculty and a 
transcript to be sent to the director of the 
Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must 
maintain a cumulative average of 3.0 or better. 
Students who drop below this average will be 
placed on Scholar probation for one semester. 
After one semester, they will be asked to leave 
the program if their GPA has not returned to 
3.0 or higher. To graduate as a Scholar, a 
student must have at least a 3.0 cumulative 
average. Scholars must successfully complete 
five Lycoming Scholars Seminars, as well as 
the non-credit Senior Scholar Seminar in 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



which they present the results of Iheir indepen- 
dent studies. In addition, the following 
distribution requirements must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A. and B.F.A. Programs 

A. Englisti — Scholars must complete 
English 106 and one literature course num- 
bered 200 or higher. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in the honors section of English 106 if 
scheduling permits. English 106 must be 
taken during the freshman year. 

B. Foreign Language or Mathematical 
Sciences — Scholars must satisfy the require- 
ment in either language or mathematical 
sciences. 

LANGUAGE — Scholars must complete two 
courses numbered 1 11 or higher (excluding 
courses taught in English). 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES — The 
mathematical placement test determines 
whether a Scholar must take two or three 
courses for distribution. At least one course 
must be selected from Mathematics 1 16, 128, 
130, or 214. Only one computer science 
course may be used to fulfill the mathematical 
sciences requirements. 

C. Philosophy or Religion — Scholars must 
satisfy this requirement in either of the two 
areas. 

PHILOSOPHY — Two courses numbered 
220 or higher. 

RELIGION — Two courses numbered 222 or 
higher. 

D. Fine Arts — Scholars must satisfy the 
requirement in one of four areas. 

ART — Two options are available in art. 
Either two courses from Art 222, 223, 331, 
332, 333, 334, 335 (Art History), or two 
courses from Art 1 11 , 1 15, 220 and 225 
(Studio Art). 



MUSIC — The equivalent of two units of 
credit from Music 1 17, 160-169, 330 or higher. 

THEATRE — Two courses from Theatre 140 
or higher, excluding Theatre 148. 

LITERATURE - Any two courses from the 
offerings of the Department of English (except 
ENGL 321, 338 and 449) and the literature 
courses of the Department of Foreign Lan- 
guages (French, German or Spanish). 

E. Natural Sciences — Scholars must satisfy 
the requirements in one of three areas. 

ASTRONOMY/PHYSICS — Two courses 
numbered 1 1 1 or higher. Biology: Two 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher, excluding 
114 and 115. 

CHEMISTRY —Two courses numbered 1 10 
or higher. 

F. History and Social Sciences — Scholars 
must satisfy the requirements in one of five 
areas. 

ECONOMICS — Two courses numbered 1 10 
or higher. 

HISTORY — Two courses, one of which must 
be numbered 200 or higher. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE — Two courses 
numbered 1 1 6 or higher. 

PSYCHOLOGY — Two courses including 
Psychology 1 10 and one course numbered 
224 or higher (excluding Psychology 338). 

SOCIOLOGY/ANTHROPOLOGY —Two 
courses from Sociology 1 10, 220, 224, 226, 
227, 229, 300 or higher. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.S.N. Program 

A. English — Same as for B.A. and B.F.A. 

degrees. 

B. Mathematical Science — Same as for 
B.A. and B.F.A. degrees. (Note that the 
nursing major requires Mathematics 103 and 
one from Computer Science 108,125 or 
Mathematics 214). 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



C. Philosophy or Religion — Met by taking 
Philosophy 219 and Religion 120. 



D. Fine Arts/Language 

and B.F.A. scholars. 



Same as for B. A. 



E. Natural Sciences — Met by Biology 113, 
Biology 1 14, Biology 226 (required for the 
major). 

F. History and Social Science — Met by 

Psychology 1 10, Psychology 1 17, (required 
for the major) and one course in Sociology 
300 or higher. (This sociology course may be 
taken in lieu of the introductory guided 
elective in Sociology for the B.S.N.) 

All Scholars Must Complete The 
Following: 

G. Physical Education — Scholars must 
satisfy the same physical education require- 
ments stipulated by the College for all students. 

H. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held 
every semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. They meet for one 
hour each week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry 
one hour of credit. Grades are " A/F" and are 
based on students' performance. Lycoming 
Scholars are required to successfully complete 
five seminars and they are permitted to register 
for as many as eight. Topics for each academic 
year will be selected by the Scholar Council 
and announced before spring registration of the 
previous year. Students must be accepted into 
the Scholar Program before they enroll in a 
Scholar Seminar. Scholars are strongly urged 
to register for a least one seminar during the 
freshman year. 

L Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance 
by the Independent Studies Committee and 
the Scholar Council. This project must be 
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 



Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

J. Major — Scholars must complete a major 
and 32 units, exclusive of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar. 

Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
transfer students and those who seek to enter 
the program after their freshman year and in 
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
involve special or extraordinary circum- 
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to 
the scholar distribution requirements provided 
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
ments would still satisfy the regular College 
distribution requirements. 

Management Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Management Studies 

1 he Management Scholars Program is 
designed for the academically talented student 
who has a major or minor in accounting, 
economics or business administration, and who 
is a member of the Institute for Management 
Studies (a student who is accepted into the 
Management Scholars Program automatically 
becomes a member of the Institute for Manage- 
ment Studies). The student participates in 
special management seminars, has internship 
and/or independent study experiences, and 
gives a formal presentation in the senior year. 

To become a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

1 . The student has a major in accounting, 
business administration, or economics and 
has completed three courses in one of these 
departments or the student has a minor in 
accounting, business administration or 
economics and has completed two courses 
in one of these departments. 

2. The student has at least sophomore status. 

3. The student has a GPA of 3.25 or higher. 

4. The student has successfully participated in 
three or more semesters of the Lycoming 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Scholars Program or the student has been 
recommended by the Director of the 
Management Scholars Program. 

Management scholars are required to 
complete two Management Scholar Seminars 
and to complete an appropriate internship, 
practicum and/or independent study which re- 
sults in a major paper and a public presentation 
of their findings. To graduate as a Management 
Scholar, the student must also complete a major 
or minor in one of the three departments and 
maintain a GPA of 3.25 or higher. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars are welcomed to become 
Management Scholars and participate in both 
programs. 

Departmental Honors 

llonors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of the 
project and are capable of considerable self- 
direction. The prerequisites for registration in 
an honors program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 
mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 



Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following conditions 
in accordance with guidelines established by 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and the 
nature of the achievement represented in the 
project shall be also submitted. 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that the 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement 
is clearly superior to that which would 
ordinarily be required to earn a grade of "A" 
in a regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in the 
College library. In the event that the study is 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING 
PROGRAM 

Academic Advising 

vJne advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student and 
the College faculty who care about that student's 
personal, academic, and professional aspirations. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



The Student can draw upon their years of 
experience to resolve questions about social 
adjustment, workload, study skills, tutoring 
and more. Perhaps the member of the faculty 
with the most impact on a student is the 
academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
meets at summer orientation, assists with 
course selection by providing accurate informa- 
tion about requirements and programs and 
with personal adjustment by helping the sUident 
discover life and career goals. In addition, the 
advisor will refer students to other campus 
resources whenever the need is apparent. 

During the sophomore year, the student will 
choose a major and select an advisor from the 
major department. The new advisor, while serving 
as a resource, can best advise that student about 
course selection and career opportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to 
contribute to students' development in yet 
another way. They insist that students assume 
full responsibility for their decisions and 
academic progress. By doing so, they help to 
prepare them for the harder choices and 
responsibilities of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
programs for careers in medicine, law and 
religion. Interested students should register 
with the appropriate advisory committee 
immediately after deciding to enter one of 
these professions. 

Pre-Professional Advising 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 
provide the best preparation for future teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming College 
Teacher Education Certificate requirements. 
Students can be certified in elementary 
education or one or more of the following 
secondary areas: art (K-12), biology, 
chemistry, English, French, general science 
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks). 



German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in 
most other states either through reciprocal 
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See the 
Education Department listing on page 92. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo- 
pathic, podiatric and veterinary medicine, 
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around 
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry, 
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of 
subject matter from the humanities, social 
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of 
undergraduate study is recommended before 
entry into a professional school; the normal 
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts 
degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HP AC) 
during their first semester. This committee 
advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invited 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. (See also descriptions of the 
nursing program and of the cooperative 
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology.) 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdiscipli- 
nary major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 
recommended, there are certain skills of 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee 
(LPAC) upon entering Lycoming and should 
join the Pre-Law Society on campus. LPAC 
assists the pre-law student through advising, 
compilation of recommendations, and dissemi- 
nation of information and materials about law 
and the legal profession. The Pre-Law Society 
sponsors films, speakers, and field trips, 
including visits to law school campuses. 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

The Theological Professions Advisory 
Committee (TPAC) acts as a "center" for 
students, faculty, and clergy to discuss the 
needs of students who want to prepare them- 
selves for the ministry, religious education, 
advanced training in religion, or related 
vocations. Also, it may help coordinate 
internships for students who desire practical 
experience in the parish ministry or related 
areas. Upon entering Lycoming, students 
should register with TPAC if they plan to 
investigate the religious vocations. 

In general, students preparing to attend a 
theological seminary should examine the 
suggestions set down by the Association of 
Theological Schools (available from TPAC). 
Recommended is a broad program in the 
liberal arts, a major in one of the humanities 
(English, history, languages, literature, 
philosophy, religion) or one of the social 
sciences (American studies, criminal justice, 
economics, international studies, political 
science, psychology, sociology-anthropol- 
ogy), and a variety of electives. Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 



directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT SERVICES 

Academic Resource 
Center (ARC) 

1 he Academic Resource Center, located 
on the second floor of the Fine Arts Building, 
provides a variety of free services to the 
campus community. 

Writing Center — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Tutors use questioning 
techniques to help others improve 
individual papers while developing 
confidence and independence as writers. 
Other services include the Paper File, a 
file of graded essays maintained by 
course; the Writing Room, a quiet place 
for writers to work; self-paced, computer 
assisted typing instruction; and the 
Documentation Style Manual for use 
when citing sources on research projects. 

Tutoring Center — The ARC provides 
one-on-one peer tutoring in math, foreign 
languages, and sciences on a walk-in 
basis and peer tutoring by arrangement in 
other subjects. Tutors assist students 
with homework assignments and exam 
review. 

Survival Skills Program — The ARC 

and volunteer faculty conduct a group of 
study skills workshops on time manage- 
ment, note-taking from lectures, reading 
textbooks, successful study techniques 
and WordPerfect. 

Freshman Seminar/Office of Assistant 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Dean for Freshmen — The Freshman 
Seminar, Crossing Thresholds, occurs the 
weekend before classes begin. Working in 
small groups with faculty and upperclass 
student leaders, freshmen become accustomed 
to classroom discussion, group process and 
service learning. Readings for the discussion 
are mailed to the freshmen in early August. A 
variety of academic and social activities are 
integrated into this weekend, which is designed 
to facilitate the student's transition to college. 
The Office of Assistant Dean for Freshmen 
develops the Seminar in cooperation with the 
Office of Student Affairs and works with the 
freshmen throughout the year on individual 
academic needs. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

May Term — The May term is a four- week 
voluntary session designed to provide students 
with courses listed in the catalog and experi- 
mental and special courses that are not 
normally available during the fall and spring 
semesters and summer term. Some courses 
are offered on campus; others involve travel. 
A number offer interdisciplinary credit. 
Examples of the types of courses offered 
during the May term are: 

STUDY-TRAVEL: Cultural tours of Germany, 
Spain, and France; Archaeological expedi- 
tions to study tricultural communities in New 
Mexico; Utopian Communities; Revolution- 
ary and Civil War Sites; Colonial America on 
Tour; Art on the East Coast; The New 
Kingdom in Ancient Egypt. 

ON-CAMPUS: Field Geology, Field Ornithol- 
ogy, Energy Economics, Writer's Seminar, 
Psychology of Group Processes, Collective 
Bargaining, Aquatic Biology, Medical Genetics, 
Energy Alternatives, White Collar Crime, 
Lasers and their Applications, Selected Short 
Story Writers and their Works, Popular Forms 
of Contemporary Fiction, Administrative and 



Organizational Behavior of Police, Plant and 
Greenhouse Management and Street Law. 
In addition to the courses themselves, 
attractions include less formal classes and 
reduced tuition rates. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two 
successive 6-week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete two- 
semester sequences of courses as well as 
additional opportunities to complete internships, 
independent studies and semester courses. 

Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or ad- 
vanced) and in any department, whether or 
not the student is a major in that department. 
Studies projects which duplicate catalog 
courses are subject to the same provisions 
which apply to all studies projects. In order 
for a student to be registered in an indepen- 
dent study course, the following conditions 
must be satisfied: 

1 ) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

2) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the catalog 
course as an independent studies course. 

3) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
projects, witii the exception of those which 
dupHcate catalog courses, is subject to the 
following: 

• Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

• Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 

• The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
exceptions to these two rules must be ap- 
proved by the Committee on Academic 
Standards. 

Internship Program — An internship is a 
course jointly sponsored by the College and a 
public or private agency or subdivision of the 
College in which a student is able to earn 
college credit by participating in some active 
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 
At least one-half of the effort expended by the 
intern should consist of academic work 
related to agency situations. The objectives of 
the internship program are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experiences 
outside the classroom or other campus 
situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good 
academic standing may petition the Commit- 
tee on Individual Studies for approval to serve 
as an intern. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through the Internship Program. 



Guidelines for program development, 
assignment of tasks and academic require- 
ments, such as exams, papers, reports, grades, 
etc., are established in consultation with a 
faculty director at Lycoming and an agency 
supervisor at the place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have partici- 
pated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 
York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elemen- 
tary education or one or more of the following 
secondary areas: art, biology chemistry, 
English, French, general science (with biology 
or astronomy/physics tracks), Gernian, 
mathematics, music, physics, social studies, 
and Spanish. 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department for 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
positions. (See Education Department on 
page 92 for course listing.) 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



development and field study is now available 
to Lycoming students. The program is open 
to juniors majoring in any discipline or 
program. The Philadelphia Urban Semester is 
sponsored and administered by the Great 
Lakes Colleges Association. 

Washington Semester — With the consent 
of the Department of Political Science, 
selected students are permitted to study in 
Washington, D.C., at The American Univer- 
sity for one semester. They may choose from 
seven different programs: Washington 
Semester, Urban Semester, Foreign Policy 
Semester, International Development Semes- 
ter, Economic Policy Semester, Science and 
Technology Semester, or American Studies 
Semester. 

United Nations Semester — With the 
consent of either the Department of History or 
Political Science, selected students may 
enroll at Drew University in Madison, New 
Jersey, in the United Nations Semester, which 
is designed to provide a first-hand acquain- 
tance with the world organization. Students 
with special interests in world history, 
international relations, law, and politics are 
eligible to participate. 

London Semesters — The London Semester 
programs of Drew University and The Ameri- 
can University emphasize European history, 
politics, and culture. Interested students may 
participate with the consent of either the 
Departments of History or Political Science. 

Westminster College, Oxford — In a special 
cooperative program between Lycoming 
College and Westminster College, students 
can participate in a semester abroad at this 
Oxford University college and receive 
Lycoming College credit. Interested students 
should contact the Dean for specific eligibility. 



Capitol Semester Internship Program — 

This program is available to eligible students 
on a competitive basis. The program is co- 
sponsored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education. 
Paid internships are available to students in 
most majors. Interested students should 
contact the Career Development Center for 
additional information. 

Study Abroad — Students have the opportu- 
nity to study abroad under the auspices of 
approved universities and agencies. While 
study abroad is particularly attractive to 
students majoring in foreign languages and 
literatures, this opportunity is open to all 
students in good academic standing. Mastery 
of a foreign language is desirable but not 
required in all programs. Dr. Ernest Giglio, 
professor of political science, serves as 
coordinator for the Study Abroad Program. 
Interested students may contact her about 
opportunities available and procedural 
questions. 

Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
with Moorhead State University enabling 
teacher education students to do all or part of 
their student teaching in a foreign country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot a.ssunie 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of 
students engaged in or en route to or from any 
ofT-campus studies or activities which are not 
under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



1994-93 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CURRICULUM 



The Curriculum 









fi 


'^^uTaV^^^^^^H^^Bi^ ^^Q^r ^^/^^^^^^^^^^r ^^^Hi 


L| 


1 u^n *iiW^H^| 


H 




3 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 
Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 
Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 
Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 
offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses 

Numbers 470-479 Internships 

Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for 
Departmental Honors 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined 
by department 

Courses not in sequence are listed 
separately, as: 

Drawing Art 1 1 1 

Color Theory Art 212 

Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that 
the first semester must be taken prior to the 
second, as: 

Intermediate French 

French 111-112 

All students have the right of access to 
all courses. 



© 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING (acct) 

Associate Professor: Kuhns 

Assistant Professor: Wienecke (Chairperson) 

Instructor: Loukinen 

Part-time Instructor: Crossley 

1 he purpose of the accounting major is 
to help prepare the student for a career within 
the accounting profession. The major has two 
tracks. Track I is designed for students whose 
primary interests he in the financial area of 
public accounting and provides preparation 
for the Certified Public Accountant Examina- 
tion; Track II is designed for students with an 
interest in management accounting and 
provides preparation for the Certified Man- 
agement Accountant Examination. 

Track I — Financial Accounting requires: 
Accounting 110, 220, 221, 222, 330, 440, 
441, 443, 445, Mathematics 103, Computer 
Science 108, and one unit to be selected from 
Business 345, Philosophy 216, Accounting 
226, 331, 442, 447, and 448 or 449. 

Additional courses available for 
students seeking entry into the public account- 
ing profession may include Accounting 226, 
331, 442, 447, and 449, Economics 1 10, 1 1 1, 
220, 337, and Business 340, 345. Students 
should investigate the professional require- 
ments for certification in the state in which 
they intend to practice so that they may select 
the necessary courses to meet all educational 
requirements. 

Track II — Management Accounting 
requires: Accounting 1 10, 220, 330-331, 
444, and 449; Mathematics 103; Computer 
Science 108; and Business 338, 339, 
and 440. All Track II majors are advised to 
enroll in Economics 1 10 and 1 1 1 and Busi- 
ness 335 and 336. Students planning to sit for 
the Certified Management Accountant 
Examination are advised to enroll in Account- 
ing 440, 441, 442, and 443. 




The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: Accounting 331. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine if the course is offered as a "W" 
course for that semester. 

Minors 

Three minors are offered by the Depart- 
ment of Accounting. The following courses 
are required to complete a minor in Financial 
Accounting: Accounting 1 10, 220, 221, 443, 
447 and any other accounting course or 
independent study. A minor in Managerial 
Accounting requires the completion of 
Accounting 1 10, 220, 330-331 and 444. To 
obtain a minor in Federal Income Tax, a 
student must complete Accounting 110, 220- 
221, 441, and 442. 

The Department of Accounting is a 
member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. See page 111. 

110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 
An introductory course in recording, classify- 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



ing, summarizing, and inteq^reting the basic 
business transaction. Problems of classifica- 
tion and interpretation of accounts and 
preparation of financial statements are 
studied. Prerequisite: Second-semester 
freshman or consent oj instructor. 

Ill 

MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed 
on managerial problem-solving- techniques 
and the analysis of the results. Accounting 
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume 
profit relationships, managerial control 
processes and the use of computers as aids to 
decision-making are studied. Students will 
gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: Accounting 110. 

220-221-222 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An intensive study of accounting state- 
ments and analytical procedures with an 
emphasis upon corporate accounts, various 
decision models, price-level models, earnings 
per share, pension accounting, accounting for 
leases, and financial statement analysis. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 110. 

116 

GOVERNMENT AND FUND ACCOUNTING 

This course is designed to introduce 
accounting for not-for-profit organizations. 
Municipal accounting and reporting are 
studied. Prerequisite: Accounting 110. 

330-331 

COST AND BUDGETARY 
ACCOUNTING THEORY 

Methods of accounting for material, labor, 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing. Application of cost account- 



ing and budgetary theory to decision making 
in the area of make or buy, expansion of 
production and sales, and accounting for 
control are dealt with. Prerequisite: Account- 
ing 220 and Mathematics 103 or consent of 
instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment 
of auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 
opinions on the fairness of financial state- 
ments are studied. Prerequisite: Accounting 
221, Mathematics 103, and Computer Science 
108. 

441 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practi- 
cal problems involving determination of 
income and deductions, capital gains and 
losses, computation and payment of taxes 
through withholding at the source and through 
declaration are considered. Planning transac- 
tions so that a minimum amount of tax will 
result is emphasized. Prerequisite: Account- 
ing 1 10 or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACCOUNTING 



442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
Internal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered, 
and effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: Accounting 441. 

443 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING I 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: Accounting 221. One-half unit of credit. 

444 

CONTROLLERSHIP 

Control process in the organization. 
General systems theory, financial control 
systems, centralization-decentralization, 
performance measurement and evaluation, 
forecasts and budgets, and marketing, 
production and finance models for control 
purposes. Prerequisite: Accounting 331 or 
consent of instructor. 

445 

AUDITING PRACTICE 

An audit project is presented, solved and 
the auditor's report written. This course is 
limited to students who have either completed 
or are enrolled in Accounting 440. One-half 
unit of credit. Grade will be recorded as "P" 
or "F. " 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING II 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
installment and consignment sales, branch 
accounting, bankruptcy and reorganization, 
estates and trusts, government entities, and 
non-profit organizations. Prerequisite: 
Accounting 221. One-half unit of credit. 



448 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS 
FOR C.P.A. CANDIDATES 

Problems from the Accounting Practice 
sections of past C.P.A. examinations, which 
require a thorough knowledge of the core 
courses in their solution, are assigned. The 
course is intended to meet the needs of those 
interested in public accounting and prepara- 
tion for the Certified Public Accountant's 
examination. Prerequisite: Accounting 330 
or consent of instructor. One-half unit of 
credit. Grade will be recorded as "P" 
or "F. " 

449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Manage- 
rial and Public Accounting positions in order 
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 

Specifics of the course work to be worked 
out in conjunction with department, student 
and sponsor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to 
generate financial statements, educational 
core for public accountants, inventory control, 
and church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^P 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • AMERICAN STUDIES 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

1 he accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdisciplinary major is designed to offer, 
within a liberal arts framework, courses which 
will aid in constructing mathematical models 
for business decision-making. Students 
obtain the necessary substantial background in 
both mathematical sciences and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: Ac- 
counting 1 10, 220-221, 330-331, 441, 442. In 
mathematical sciences, required courses are: 
Computer Science 125 and 321 and Math- 
ematics 1 12, 128, 129, 338 and either 103 or 
332. Recommended courses include: Math- 
ematics 130, 238, 333; Business 223, 335, 
336, 338, 339; Computer Science 108, 246; 
Economics 110, 111; Psychology 224, 225; 
and Sociology- Anthropology 110. 



AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AM ST) 

Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

1 he American Studies major offers a 
comprehensive program in American 
civilization which introduces students to the 
complexities underlying the development of 
America and its contemporary life. Thirteen 
courses are included. 

Four Course Requirements 

1 he primary integrating units of the 
major, these courses — some team-taught — 
will encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
correlate information and methods from 
various disciplines: 

1 . America as a Civilization: American 
Studies 200 (First semester of major 
study) 

2. American Tradition in the Arts and 
Literature: American Studies 220 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



AMERICAN STUDIES 




3. Research and Methodology: History 449 
or Sociology/Anthro 447 (junior or 
senior year) 

4. Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Oix courses in one option and three in the 
other are needed. Six primary concentration- 
option courses in American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in the 
core courses. They focus particular attention 
on areas most germane to academic and 
vocational interests. The three additional 
courses from the other option give further 
breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 



American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th 

Century 
ENGLISH 222 — American Literature I 
ENGLISH 223 — American Literature II 
MUSIC 128 — American Music 
MUSIC — Studies in American Music 
THEATRE N 80 — Studies in American 
Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECONOMICS 224 — Urban Problems 
HISTORY 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History to 1 877 
HISTORY 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History since 1 877 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 331 — Civil Rights and 

Liberties 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 335 — Law and Society 
SOCIOLOGY 334 — Racial and Cultural 
Minorities 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of 
American civilization with special attention to 
the interrelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors 
should take the full-unit course, 200B. 
Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 




ART 



(ART) 



Professors: Bogle (Chairperson), Shipley 
Associate Professor: Golahny 
Assistant Professor: Estomin 
Adjunct Faculty at Johnson Atelier: Bartons, 
Barrie, Lash, Pitynski 

1 he Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree (Studio Art and Art History) 
and a second degree program, a B.F.A. 
Degree in Sculpture. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 

1 o complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, the students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 
program and the requirements for an area of 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



specialization, participate in each semester's 
colloquium (while a declared major), and 
satisfactorily participate in the senior exhibi- 
tion. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may be made by the art faculty. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 116 — Figure Modeling 

ART 212 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Pre-History 
Through The Middle Ages 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the Renais- 
sance through the Modem Age 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 

ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335 — Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



^% 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 343 — Computer Graphics for 

Print Media 
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 

Commercial Design 
ART 470 — Internship 

A student is encouraged to take the 
following courses: Advertising (Business 
332), Writing for Special Audiences (Mass 
Communication 323), Introduction to Mass 
Communication (Mass Communication 110), 
Social Psychology (Psychology 224). 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 

teaching certification in Art: 

ART 119 — Ceramics I 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

and two art history courses numbered 300 or 

above. In addition to Art Department courses, 

under the generalist major, the student must 

complete the art certification program in the 

Education Department. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337 - Photography II 

ART 342 - Photography III 

ART 343 -- Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 
ART 446 - Studio Research 
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. Students are also encourage to take 
ART 344 - Computer Graphics for Electronic 
Media and to complete an Internship. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Art 222, 223, 331, 
333 and 334. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "W" courses for that semester. 



THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

1 o complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student 
must take courses in art history, studio art, 
and history and/or religion. A student 
majoring in art history is advised to take a 
foreign language. Art History majors (once 
declared) are required to participate in each 
semester's art colloquium. 

Required of all students: 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Pre-History 
through the Middle Ages 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From Renaissance 
through the Modem Age 

ART 447 — Art History Research 

ART 148, 248, 348, 448 -- Art Colloquium 

Choose four of the following: 

ART 331 — 20th Century European Art 
ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ART 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque 
ART 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling I 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 

Choose two of the following: 

HISTORY 210 — Ancient History 
HISTORY 212 — Medieval Europe and 

its Neighbors 
HISTORY 418 — History of Renaissance 

Thought 
RELIGION 1 13 — Old Testament Faith 

and History 
RELIGION 1 14 — New Testament Faith 

and History 
RELIGION 226 — Biblical Archaeology 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^P 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



It is further suggested that the student 
choose electives in other departments that 
may complement the study of art history. 
Among these recommended electives are: 
FRENCH 412 — French Literature of the 

19th Century 
ENGLISH 336 — Shakespeare 
MUSIC 1 17 — Survey of Western Music 
MUSIC 335 — History of Western Music I 
MUSIC 336 — History of Western Music II 
THEATRE 332 — History of Theatre I 
THEATRE 333 — History of Theatre II 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Art 222, 223, 331, 
333 and 334. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Depart- 
ment. Requirements for each follow: Com- 
mercial Design: Art 1 1 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 
and 343; Painting: Art 1 1 1 , 1 1 5, 220, 330 and 
221 or 223; Photography: Art 1 1 1, 212, 223, 
227, 337 and 340 or 341; Sculpture: Art 116, 
225,226,335,andlll, 119or445; Art 
History: Art 222, 223 and two advanced art 
history courses. Art majors who minor in art 
history must take two additional upper level 
courses beyond the two required for the minor 
intended for students who major in other 
disciplines (i.e.. Art 222, 223 and four upper 
level courses). 

THE B.F.A. DEGREE 
IN SCULPTURE 

1 he student completes a specified course of 
study in the Art Department, the Lycoming 
College distribution requirements, and one of 
the field specialization apprenticeship pro- 
grams at the Johnson Atelier in Mercerville, 
New Jersey. 

The Art Department course of study 
consists of 12 courses in studio and art 



history: Figure Modeling I and II (Art 1 16 
and 226), Sculpture I and II (Art 225 and 
335), Drawing I and II (Art 11 1 and 22 1 ), 
Introduction to Photography (Art 227), 2-D 
Design (Art 1 15), Survey of Art (Art 222 and 
223), and two additional courses in Art 
History (Art 331, 332, 333, 334, 336 or 339). 

Twelve additional course units are required 
of the student. The student must meet the 
requirements of the distribution program 
within these courses. 

In order to complete the B.F.A. degree the 
student must participate in the art colloquium 
every semester while taking course work at 
Lycoming (as a declared major) and must 
participate in a senior exhibition. Exception 
to participation in the colloquium may be 
made by the art faculty. 

The student must also complete one of the 
field specialization apprenticeships at the 
Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of Sculpture 
in Mercerville, New Jersey. This requires the 
student to be at the Johnson Atelier for a period 
of between 16 and 23 1/2 months. The student 
receives eight course units of credit at 
Lycoming College for successfully completing 
the field specialization apprenticeship at 
Johnson Atelier. It is expected that the work for 
the apprenticeship component will be com- 
pleted during the summers and the junior year. 

Admission to the B.F.A. degree program is 
on the basis of meeting the admission stan- 
dards of Lycoming College, and passing a 
portfolio review and interview by members of 
the Lycoming College Art Department. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Art 222, 223, and 
334. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 




with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. Offered in 
alternate semesters with Drawing II and III. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be ap- 
proached through learning the basic structures 
and proportions of the figure. The course is 
conceived as a three-dimensional drawing 
class. At least one figure will be cast by each 
student. 



119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of information. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 

220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No Hmitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: Art 115 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: Art 111. 

222 

SURVEY OF ART: PRE-HISTORY 

THROUGH THE MIDDLE AGES 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: Paleolithic Art, Near East, 
Egypt, Greece, Rome, and Medieval Europe. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 

226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce 
larger, more complex figurative works. There 



will be a requirement to cast one of the works 
in plaster. Prerequisite: Art 116 and consent 
of instructor. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access-to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKJNG I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithography 
printing. One edition of at least six prints 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite: 
Art 111 or 115 or consent of instructor . 

119 

CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
Art 119. 

330 

PAINTING II 

Emphasis is placed on individual style and 
technique. Artists and movements in art are 
studied. No limitations as to painting media, 
subject matter, or style. Prerequisite: 
Art 220. 

331 

20TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
AND AMERICAN ART 

Developments in European and American 
Art from about 1880 to the present, including 
Cubism, Dada, Surrealism, Abstraction, 
Abstract Expressionism, Photorealism, and 
Post-Modernism. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 



333 

19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 
AND AMERICAN ART 
The art of Western Europe and the United 
States from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
painting in France. Those artists to be studied 
include David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
Impressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and 
Eakins. 

334 

ART OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
1300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
Giotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, 
Titian, Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors 
Ghiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the 
architects Brunelleschi and Alberti. 

335 
SCULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225). 
Emphasis is on advanced technical process. 
Casting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
will be done in the school foundry. Prerequi- 
site: Art 225. 

336 

ART OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture 
in Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis 
on Bernini, Poussin, Rubens, and Rembrandt, 
with special attention given to the expressive, 
narrative, and painterly styles present in their 
art. 

337 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Photog- 
raphy I (ART 227) by continued growth in 
technical expertise including instruction in 
photo art processes such as collage, multiple 
images, hand-coloring and/or toning. Emphasis 
is placed on conceptual and aesthetic aspects 
of photography. Prerequisite: Art 227. 



338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Further study of the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype, and lithogra- 
phy printing with emphasis on multi-plate and 
viscosity printing. Two editions of at least six 
prints must be completed in each of two areas. 
Prerequisite: Art 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety 
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

PHOTOGRAPHY III 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of color 
photography using color negatives and/or slides, 
advanced imaging techniques utilizing the 
computer to enhance and manipulate students' 
original photographs, and introduction to 
large format view cameras. Integration of 
tools to students' own artistic process empha- 
sized. A portfolio including examples of 
color, image processing and large format 
work will be produced. Prerequisites: Art 
227. 337, and 343. 

343 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR PRINT MEDIA 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study 
of image manipulation, illustration and layout 
programs. Content of course includes 
fundamentals of vector and raster imaging, 
typography, design, layout, color separation, 
and manipulating computer images obtained 
from scanners, video sources, and the stu- 
dents' own original production using comput- 
er paint software. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: Art 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

440 

PAINTING III 

Professional quality is stressed. There is 
some experimentation with new painting 
techniques and styles. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of human figure, individ- 
ual style, and professional control of drawing 
techniques and media are now emphasized. 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commer- 
cial design utilizing both traditional studio 
tools - including airbrush, water-based 
mediums, markers, colored pencils and pen 
and ink - and computer graphics software - 
including paint, draw, image manipulation 
and page layout programs. The following 
skills are involved: illustration, design, 
typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays, 
scanning and color separation. Prerequisites: 
Art 343 or consent of the instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisite: Art 116, 225, and 335. 



446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research in an elective studio 
area, conducted under the supervision of the 
appropriate faculty member, includes creation 
of work which may be incorporated in the 
senior group exhibition. Student works in 
private studio assigned by the department. 

447 

ART HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
supervision of the appropriate faculty mem- 
ber, includes the research and writing of a 
thesis, to be presented to a committee of Art 
Department faculty. This course may be 
repeated for credit. 

148, 248, 348 and 448 
ART COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
students and invited professionals discuss and 
critique specific art projects. Required of all 
students majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
ter. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail. 
Non-credit seminar. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent studies in anatomy. Aspects of the 
art nouveau, lithography, photography, 
pottery, problems in illustration, and water- 
color. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 




ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson, Fisher 

(Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Wolfe 

1 he department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium 
education; it also may serve as a basis for 
earning state certification as a secondary 
school teacher of general science. The major 
in physics can prepare students for graduate 
work in physics, astronomy, and related 
physical sciences, for the cooperative 
program in engineering, for state certification 
as secondary school teachers of physics, or for 
technical positions in industry. 



ASTRONOMY (AStr) 

1 he major in astronomy requires courses 
in astronomy, physics, chemistry and 
mathematics. The astronomy courses include 
Astronomy 1 1 1 and five additional courses 
numbered Astronomy 1 12 or higher; at least 
four of these five additional courses must be 
numbered Astronomy 230 or higher. Other 
required courses are Physics 225-226, 
Chemistry 1 10-1 1 1 or 330-331, and Mathe- 
matics 128-129. Astronomy majors are also 
required to register for four semesters of 
Astronomy 349 and 449 (non-credit collo- 
quia). The following courses are recom- 
mended: Philosophy 223 and 333, Physics 
333, and Art 227. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: Astronomy 230. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



© 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade 
of C or better in both Astronomy 1 1 1 and 
Physics 225 plus any three additional courses 
selected from Physics 226 or astronomy 
courses numbered 200 or higher. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportu- 
nity to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. The 
planetarium is used to familiarize the student 
with the sky at various times during the year 
and from different locations on earth. May or 
summer term only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 
HI 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems 
Astronomy 101 and 111 share the same three 
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory 
each week. Astronomy 111 has one additional 
hour each week for more advanced math- 
ematical treatment of the material. Credit 
may not be earned for both 101 and HI. 
Corequisite for 111: Mathematics 127 or 
consent of instructor. 



102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 
112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and 
internal structure of the planet Earth. Shows 
how past events and lifeforms can be 
reconstructed from preserved evidence to 
reveal the geologic history of our planet from 
its origin to the present. Describes the ways 
geology influences our environment. Astron- 
omy 102 and 112 share the same three hours 
of lecture and two hours of laboratory each 
week. 112 has one additional hour each week 
for more advanced mathematical treatment of 
the material. Credit may not be earned for 
both 102 and 112. Corequisite for 112: 
Mathematics 127 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and 
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957) 
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon 
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA 
video and other audio-visual aids. Examina- 
tion of scientific, engineering and political 
motivations. When taken in May term, must 
be scheduled with Astronomy 115. Not for 
distribution. Alternate years. Half unit. 

115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II 

Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab 
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz 
Test Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to 
current U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Exten- 
sive use of NASA video. Examination of 
scientific, engineering, and political motiva- 
tions. When taken in May Term, must be 
scheduled with Astronomy 114. Not for 
distribution. Alternate years. Half unit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



230 

PLANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
planetarium programming, operation 
and maintenance. Students are required to 
prepare and present a planetarium show. Upon 
successfully completing the course, students 
are eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
Three hours of lecture and demonstration and 
three hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in As- 
tronomy 101 or 111. Alternate years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun, 
including the major planets, their satellites, 
the minor planets, and comets. Topics include 
meteorological processes in atmospheres, 
geological processes that shape surface 
features, internal structures, the role of 
spacecraft in the exploration of the solar 
system, and clues to the origin and dynamic 
evolution of the solar system. Four hours of 
lecture per week. Prerequisites: a grade ofC 
or better in Astronomy 111 or Astronomy 112 
or Physics 225. Alternate years. 
344 
RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special 
theory of relativity and an introduction to the 
general theory. Topics include: observational 
and experimental tests of relativity, four- 
vectors, tensors, space-time curvature, alterna- 
tive cosmological models, and the origin and 
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisites: Astronomy 111 and 
Physics 225. Alternate years. Cross-listed as 
Physics 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 



transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: Astronomy 111 (Principles of 
Astronomy A) and Physics 226 (Introductory 
Physics with Calculus 11). Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational 
fields. Introduction to the n-body problem. 
The relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of 
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture 
per week. Prerequisites: Astronomy 111 
(Principles of Astronomy A) and Physics 225 
(Introductory Physics with Calculus 1). 
Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUL\ 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, 
and related scientific areas talk about their 
own research or professional activities. In 
addition, majors in astronomy and physics 
must present two lectures, one given during 
the junior year and one given during the 
senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to 
attend four semesters during the junior and 
senior years. A letter grade will be given 
when the student gives a lecture. Otherwise 
the grade will be P/F. Students in the Coop- 
erative Program in Liberal Arts and Engineer- 
ing are required to attend two semesters and 
present one lecture during their junior year. 
Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cross-listed as Physics 349 & 449. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

1 he major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required physics courses must include Physics 
225, 226, 331, 332 and four additional courses 
numbered Physics 333 or higher. Up to two 
courses chosen from Astronomy 111, 112, 
243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two of 
the four physics electives. Other required 
courses are Chemistry 1 1 0-1 1 1 or 330-331, 
and Mathematics 128-129. Physics majors 
are also required to register for four semesters 
of Physics 349 and 449 (non-credit colloquia). 
The following courses are recommended: 
Mathematics 231 and 238, Computer Science 
125 (all three required for the cooperative 
engineering program and by many graduate 
schools), and Philosophy 223 and 333. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Physics 338, and 
447. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or better: 
Physics 225-226, Physics 331, Physics 332, 
and one additional course selected from 
physics courses numbered 300 or higher. 



106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist's definition of work, energy, and 
power. The various energy sources available for 
use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible future 
developments. Projections of possible future 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF 

THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE 

An introduction to several major concepts 
of physics which have developed over the past 
several centuries, relating them to their 
broad implications. The emphasis is on a 
descriptive rather than a mathematical 
discussion of topics which range from early 
Greek concepts of science to present day 
methods and techniques used to describe the 
physical universe. Many distinctions and 
similarities between science and other areas of 
human endeavor will be studied to demon- 
strate the beauty, simplicity, harmony, and 
grandeur of some of the basic laws which 
govern the universe. Three hours of lecture 
and two hours of laboratory per week. 
Alternate years. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS III 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, 
astronomy, chemistry and mathematics. 
Topics include mechanics, thermodynamics, 
electricity and magnetism, waves, optics, and 
modern physics. Five hours of lecture and 
recitation and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Corequisite: Math 128-129 (Calculus 
1 and II). With consent of department. Math 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



109 may substitute for Math 128-129 as a 
prerequisite. 

331 

CLASSICAL MECHANICS 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
ics. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
of single particles and systems of particles, 
gravitation and other central forces, moving 
reference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamil- 
tonian formulations of mechanics. Four hours 
of lecture and three hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: Mathematics 129 and a 
grade ofC or better in Physics 225. 

332 

ELECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
magnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
magnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
tials, electric and magnetic properties of 
matter. Maxwell's equations, the electromag- 
netic field, and the propagation of electromag- 
netic radiation. Four hours of lecture and 
three hours of laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
site: Math 129 and a grade ofC or better in 
Physics 226. 

333 
OPTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
physical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
and Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
lasers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: Physics 226 and Mathematics 
128 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

336 

MATHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
equations using power series and Laplace 
transforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
differential equations, Fourier analysis using 
both trigonometric and complex exponential 
functions, complex variables, eigenvalue 



problems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
partial differential equations, boundary value 
problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: Math 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be presented, 
showing that the macroscopic properties of a 
system can be specified without a knowledge of 
the microscopic properties of the constituents of 
the system. Then statistical mechanics will be 
developed, showing that these same macro- 
scopic properties are determined by the 
microscopic properties. Four hours of lecture 
and recitation per week. Prerequisites: Physics 
226 (Introductory Physics with Calculus II) and 
Mathematics 129 (Calculus II). Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. Four 
hours of lecture and one-three hour labora- 
tory per week. Prerequisites: Mathematics 
129 and a grade ofC or better in Physics 226. 

339 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS 

Topics include crystalline structures, 
periodic potentials, band structure, free 
electron model, semiconductor physics, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties of 
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity. 
Four hours of lecture and three hours of 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Physics 
332 and Math 129 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory of 
relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: Astronomy 1 U and Physics 225. 
A Itemate years. Cross-listed as Astronomy 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Basic concepts and formulation of quantum 
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic 
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central force 
problems will be discussed. Both time- 
independent and time-dependent perturbation 
theory will be covered. Four hours of lecture 
and recitation. Prerequisite: Either Physics 
226 (Introductory Physics with Calculus II) or 
Chemistry 331 (Physical Chemistry II), and 
Mathematics 231 (Differential Equations). 
Cross-listedas Chemistry 439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 

The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces act 
at the smallest measurable distances, and what 
is expected to occur at even smaller distances. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation and tMo 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 



Physics 226 (Introductory Physics with 
Calculus II), Mathematics 129, and either 
Physics 338 (Modern Physics) or Chemistry 
110. Alternate years. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND 
PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for juniors 
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics 
offers students a chance to meet and hear active 
scientists in astronomy, physics and related 
scientific areas talk about their own research or 
professional activities. In addition, majors in 
astronomy and physics must present two 
lectures, one given during thejunior year and 
one given during the senior year, on the results of 
a literature survey or their individual research. 
Students majoring in this department are 
required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. Other- 
wise the grade will be P/F. Students in the 
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two semes- 
ters and present one lecture during their junior 
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cross-listed as Astronomy 349 & 449. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



BIOLOGY (BIO) 

Professors: Angstadt, Diehl 
Associate Professors: Gabriel, 

Zaccaria (Chairperson), Zimmerman 
Assistant Professor: Briggs 
Visting Assistant Professor: Brown 

/\ major consists of eight biology courses, 
including 110-11 1, 221 , 222, 223, 224, and 225. 
In addition, juniors and seniors majoring in 
Biology are required to register for Biology 349/ 
449 (non-credit colloquium) during all semes- 
ters on campus. With departmental consent. 
Biology 226 may be substituted for Biology 22 1 . 
Only two courses numbered below 200 may 
count toward the major. Departmental intern- 
ships cannot be used to fulfill the eighth required 
course. In addition, three units of chemistry and 
two units of mathematical science are required. 
The chemistry requirement must include at least 
one unit of organic chemistry chosen from 
Chemistry 1 15, 220, or 221. The mathematical 
sciences courses must be chosen from Computer 
Science 108, 125 and/or Mathematics 103, 109, 
1 27, 1 28 or above. Certain specific exceptions to 
the core program will be made for three-year 
students enrolled in cooperative programs. 
Such exceptions are noted under the particular 
cooperative program described in the Academic 
Program chapter of the catalog. Students interested 
in these programs should contact the program 
director before finalizing their individual 
programs. Consent of instructor may replace 
Biology 11 0- 1 1 1 as a prerequisite for all biology 
courses. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as Writing Intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: Biology 222 and 224. 
Students must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in biology requires the completion 
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with 
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two 





^' ^H^^H 







introductory biology courses). At least two of 
these must be from the 200 series of courses. A 
minor in Environmental Science consists of two 
introductory biology courses. Biology 224 
Ecology, two additional courses in biology (200 
or higher), one course in economics (recom- 
mend Economics 225 - Environmental Eco- 
nomics), and Astronomy 1 1 2 Earth Science. 

101-102 

PRINCIPLES OF BIOLOGY 

An investigation of biological principles, 
including ecological systems, form and function 
in selected representative organisms (especially 
man), cell theory, molecular biology, reproduc- 
tion, inheritance, adaption, and evolution. The 
course is designed primarily for students not 
planning to major in the biological sciences. 
Credit may not be earned forhoth Biology 101 
and 1 lOorforboth Biology 102 and 111. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory per 
week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for 
both Biology 101 and 110 or for both Biology 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



102 and 111. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. 

113-114 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 
organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 
1 15 or Chemistry 220 or consent of instructor. 

130 

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an exami- 
nation of the biological basis of contemporary 
environmental problems. The effects of human 
population on earth's resources are studied 
against a background of biological and health 
sciences. This course is designed primarily for 
students not planning to major in the biological 
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: 
Biology 101 or Biology 110. This course is not 
a substitute for Biology 1 1 1 for majors. 

Ill 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given 
to the identification and physiology of microor- 
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their 
economic importance, and industrial applica- 
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. Not open to students who have 
received credit for Biology 226. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 



Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. 

223 

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of animal 
systems, including the autonomic, endocrine, 
digestive, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, 
nervous, and reproductive systems. Mammal- 
ian physiology is stressed. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-1 11. 

224 

ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. 

225 

PLANT SCIENCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photo- 
synthetic organisms; classification systems 
and plant identification, and human uses of 
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three 
hour laboratoiy per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mecha- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



nisms for treating and preventing infectious 
diseases will be presented. Laboratory to include 
diagnostic culture procedures, antibiotic 
sensitivity testing, serology, anaerobic tech- 
niques and a study of hemolytic reactions. Three 
hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: One year ofintroductory 
level biology, one year ofchemistry or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received creditfor Biology 221. 

328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with 
freshwater ecosystems. Studies will include a 
survey of the plankton, benthos, and fish — as 
well as the physical and chemical characteris- 
tics of water that influence their distribution. 
Several local field trips and an extended field 
trip to a field station will familiarize students 
with the diversity of habitats and techniques 
of limnologists. Alternate years. Prerequi- 
sites: Biology 110-111. 

329 

TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students 
study the creatures of the fringing reefs, 
barrier reefs, lagoons, turtlegrass beds and 
mangrove swamps at a tropical marine 
laboratory. Studies will include survey of 
plankton, invertebrates, and fish as well as the 
physical and chemical characteristics 
that influence their distribution. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. Alternate May terms. 

330 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal 
organs of the vertebrates. Special attention is 
given to the progressive modification of 
organs from lower to higher vertebrates. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 
1 10- 111. Alternate years. 



334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate 
phyla with emphasis on phylogeny, physiol- 
ogy, morphology, and ecology. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: Biology 110-111. Alternate 
years. 

336 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification of 
life on earth. Topics discussed include 
molecular evolution, population genetics, 
gene flow, natural selection, sexual selection, 
kin selection, neutral theory, extinction, co- 
evolution, and the evolution of man. Four 
hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111 or consent of the instructor. 
Alternate years. 

339 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease, 
somatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 
immunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will 
offer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 
tic techniques. Prerequisite: Biology 101- 
102 or 110-111. May term only. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behav- 
iors in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory each week. Prerequi- 
site: Biology 1 10-1 1 1. Alternate years. 

346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. The 
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc- 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



tion, diseases caused by viruses, modern 
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines 
produced by recombinant DNA and other 
technologies. Course content will also include 
a description of how viruses are used as tools 
for genetic engineering and for studying 
cellular processes like membrane signal 
transduction, regulation of genetic expression 
and oncogenesis (cancer). Four hours of 
lecture per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1 10- 
111 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. 
Characterization of and relationships between 
antigens, haptens, and antibodies are presented. 
Serological assays will include: agglutination, 
precipitations, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours 
of lecture, one three-hour laboratoiy, and one 
hour of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. Alternate years. 

400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by the 
Department and a public or private agency. 
The practicum is designed to integrate 
classroom theory with field or laboratory 
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly 
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per 
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic 
work will include, but is not limited to: a log. 
readings, recitation and an assigned research 
paper related to the specific agency's activities. 



431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 
structures of the body which are formed from 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Biology 
110-111. Alternate years. 

433 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce 
physiologically active substances that are 
important to humans and animals. Major 
themes include: Mechanisms and symptoms 
of poisoning, and plant chemicals with useful 
physiological effects. Laboratory topics 
include plant classification and techniques for 
compound identification. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisites: Biology 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

435 

CELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic 
unit of life. Topics will include: origins of 
cellular life, biochemistry of the cell, 
enzymatic reactions, cellular membranes, 
intracellular communication, the cell cycle, 
the cytoskeleton and cell motility, protein 
sorting, distribution and secretion. Prerequi- 
sites: Biology 110-111 and one semester of 
organic chemistry. Alternate years. 

440 

PARASITOLOGY AND 
MEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
and anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
taxonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
made on parasites of medical and veterinary 
importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
Biology 110-111. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



441 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two 
three-hour lecture/laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: Biology 1 10-111. 
AUernate years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, 
including allosteric control, induction, 
repression, signal transduction as well as the 
various types of inhibitive control mecha- 
nisms. Three hours of lecture, one three-hour 
laboratory and one hour of arranged work 
per week. Prerequisite: Chemistiy 220-221 
or Chemistry 115, or consent of instructor. 
Cross-listed as Chemistry 444. Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and 
nonionizing radiations on cells, tissues and 
organisms. Consideration will be given to 
repair mechanisms and how repair deficiencies 
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato- 
ry per week. Prerequisites: Biology 110-111, 
one year of chemistry. Alternate years. 

446 

PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

A study of plant physiology as a function 
of plant anatomy. Metabolic relationships and 
environmental factors will be examined from 
a background of the structure and develop- 
ment of cells, tissues, organs, and whole 
plants. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
Biology 1 10-1 1 1, Biology 225. Alternate 



years. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



448 

ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the 
role of the endocrine hormones in the integra- 
tion of body functions. This is followed by a 
study of the control of hormone synthesis and 
release, and a consideration of the mecha- 
nisms by which hormones accomplish their 
effects on target organs. Two three-hour 
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite: Biology 110-111. A Iternate years. 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biological 
sciences using techniques such as meeting and 
talking with active researchers, reading and 
critically analyzing the current literature, and 
discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 
analyze specific papers, actively participate in 
discussions. Students majoring in this depart- 
ment are required to enroll during all semesters 
spent on campus in the junior and senior years. 
The grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. 
One hour per week. Prerequisites: biology 
majors with junior or senior class standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department 
of Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine 
or rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate Professor: Weaver (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Sterngold 
Instructors: Henninger, Toncar 
Part-Time Instructor: A. Alexander 

1 his major is designed to educate students 
in the functions of today's profit and non-profit 
organizations. The program provides a well- 
balanced preparation for a wide variety of 
careers, including finance management, 
marketing, sales, commercial banking, 
investments and portfolio management, 
advertising and retail merchandising. 

The major has three tracks: ( 1 ) general 
management, (2) financial management and 
(3) marketing management. All business 
administration students are required to take 
the following six courses: Accounting 1 10, 
Business Administration 223, 228, 338, 



440, and Mathematics 103. 

Track 1 - General Management Students 
must also complete Accounting 1 1 1, Business 
AdiTiinistration 329, 44 1 , and either 339 or 34 1 . 

Track 2 - Financial Management Students 
must also complete Accounting 1 1 1, Business 
Administration 339, 44 1 , and either 340 or 34 1 . 

Track 3 - Marketing Management Students 
must also complete Business Administration 
329, 332, 445, and either 341 or 443. 

All majors are encouraged to complete a 
selection of the following courses: 

• Business Administration 335 Legal 
Principles I 

• Economics 1 10 Principles of 
Macroeconomics and 1 1 1 Principles of 
Microeconomics 

• Mass Communications 21 1 Principles of 
Oral Communications, 323 Writing for 
Special Audiences and 325 Writing for 
Business and Public Relations 

• Philosophy 216 Ethical Issues in Business 

• Political Science 1 10 Government and 
Politics in the United States 

Given the growing importance of interna- 
tional business and competition, majors are 
also encouraged to study a foreign language 
and other courses that will expose them to 
global issues and foreign cultures. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Business 440, and 

44 1 . Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Internships 

The department offers a wide variety of 
challenging internships with businesses, govern- 
ment agencies and nonprofit organizations in 
financial management, marketing, advertising, 
sales, general management, commercial 
banking, insurance, advertising and other fields. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



Minors 

The Business Administration Department 
offers two minors: Marketing and Finance. 
Marketing minors are required to complete 
Business 228, 329, 332, 445, and either 
Business 443, 448, or 341 . Finance minors are 
required to complete Business 338, 339, 340, 
Economics 220, and either Economics 441 or 
Business 345. 

The Department of Business Administration 
is a member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. Seepage 111. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 
Techniques of quantitative analysis useful 
in making business decisions. Topics include: 
decision theory, inventory models, network 
models, forecasting, and other selected 
applications. Students will be introduced to 
computer applications of the quantitative 
models. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or 
consent of instructor. 

228 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business and 
nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product develop- 
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behav- 
ior, marketing strategy, ethical issues in 
marketing and others. Readings, case studies, 
library assignments and team research projects. 

329 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business and 
nonprofit organizations to analyze and select 
target markets, and then to develop strategies for 
gaining and maintaining these customers. Topics 
include competitive strategy, market segmenta- 
tion, product positioning, business demograph- 
ics and marketing-related financial analysis. 
Readings, case studies, library assign-ments and 
computer exercises. Prerequisites: Business 
228andMoth 103, or consent of instructor. 



332 

ADVERTISING 

Nature, scope, methods, and effects of 
promotion. Techniques of analysis and control 
in the use of advertising and publicity as tools 
in developing business strategy. Prerequisite: 
Business 228 or consent of instructor. 

335 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analysis of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 
Open only to juniors and seniors. 

336 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. Open only to 
juniors and seniors. 

338 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT I 

An introduction to working capital 
management and financial analysis and 
planning. Topics are covered through 
readings, cases and problem-solving in the 
areas of decisions on current asset and 
liability structures, cash and marketable 
securities, accounts receivables, inventory 
management and control, spontaneous 
financing, short-term borrowing, ratio and 
financial statement analysis, source and use 
statements, cash flow forecasting, and 
financial statements forecasting. Prerequi- 
sites: Mathematics 103, Accounting 1 10, and 
Business 223; or consent of instructor. 

339 

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT II 

A study of capital asset structure and long- 
term financial decisions. Topics are covered 
through readings, cases, and problem-solving 
in the areas of capital budgeting, including risk 
and required rates of return, leveraging in the 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



firm, concepts of capital structures, dividend 
policy, external financing, term and lease 
financing, long-term debt, equity securities, 
convertible securities and warrants. Prerequi- 
site: Business 338 or consent of instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of the 
economy and the structure and functions of 
financial markets and the agencies involved; 
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the 
various types of investments available. 
Techniques used to evaluate financial securi- 
ties. Also covered are recent developments in 
investment theory. Prerequisite: Business 338 
or consent of instructor. 

341 

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS 

This course is designed to familiarize 
students with the environment and institutional 
framework in which international firms 
operate. Through readings, case studies and 
discussions, students will investigate the 
primary problems confronting international 
businesses, including cross-cultural conflicts, 
trade and payment systems, "multination- 
alization" of business enterprises, the changing 
relationship between former communist East 
and capitalist West, and the role of the business 
manager in that environment. Prerequisite: 
Business 228 or consent of instructor. 

345 

FINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 
Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme 
of the course is understanding the financial 
data which are analyzed as well as the methods 
by which they are analyzed and interpreted. 
This course should prove of value to all who 
need a thorough understanding of the uses to 
which financial statements are put as well as to 
those who must know how to use them 
intelligendy and effectively. This includes 
accountants, security analysts, lending 



officers, credit analysts, managers, and all 
others who make decisions on the basis of 
financial data. Prerequisite: Accounting 1 10. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with practical 
work experience with local companies and 
organizations. Students work 10- 12 hours per 
week for their sponsor organizations, in 
addition to attending a weekly seminar on 
management topics relevant to their work 
assignments. Since enrollment is limited by the 
available number of positions, students must 
apply directly to the business department before 
preregistration to be eligible for the course. 
Majors only and consent of instructor. 

440 

MANAGEMENT CONCEPTS 

Stmctural characteristics and functional 
relationships of a business organization as well 
as the problems encountered in coordinating 
the internal resources of a firm. Emphasis on 
administrative efficiency and procedures. 

441 

BUSINESS POLICIES 

Planning, organization, and control of 
business operations; setting of goals; coordi- 
nation of resources, development of policies. 
Analysis of strategic decisions encompassing 
all areas of a business, and the use and analysis 
of control measures. Emphasis on both the 
internal relationship of various elements of 
production, finance, marketing, and personnel, 
and the relationship of the business entity to 
external stimuli. Readings, cases, and games. 
Prerequisite: Business 223, 228, 338, and 440, 
or consent of instructor. Seniors only. 

442 

PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the managerial prob- 
lems of recruiting, selecting, training, and 
retraining the human resources of the firm. 
Emphasis is placed on the interrelationship of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



personnel policies with management objec- 
tives and philosophies in such areas as fringe 
benefits, wage and salary policies, union 
activities, and health and safety. 

443 

RETAIL MANAGEMENT I 

Planning, organization, and control of the 
retailing firm. Competitive strategy develop- 
ment through store location, layout, adminis- 
tration organization, buying, and pricing. 
Cases, reading, and papers. Prerequisite: 
Business 228 or consent of instructor. 

445 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and practices 
of marketing research. The focus is on the dev- 
elopment and application of marketing research 
studies. Topics covered include selection of a 
research design, project planning and schedul- 
ing, data specification and gathering, quantita- 
tive methods to analyze data, interpretation of 
data, and research report writing. Reading, 
cases, and research project. Mathematics 103 
and Business 228 or consent of instructor. 

446 

PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the planning, organiza- 
tion, and controlling of operations in a produc- 
tion facility. The course also incorporates 
quantitative techniques and computer applica- 
tions used in the production and operations 
management environment. Topics include 
capacity and layout planning, facility location 
analysis, job design and work measurement, 
production scheduling, materials requirement 
planning models, and quality controls. 
Students will engage in the actual design of an 
inventory status file and MRP system. Prereq- 
uisite: Business 223 or consent of instructor. 

447 

CREATIVE ADVERTISING 

A workshop concerned with theme, copy and 
effective presentation of advertisements for print 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



media, radio, and direct mail. Primarily an 
exploration of creativity through analysis of 
works of artists and writers with application to 
practical advertising, and tailored to the interests 
of individual students. May term. Prerequisite: 
Business 332 or consent ofinstructor. 

448 

SALES SEMINAR 

The role of selling in the economy. The art of 
creative selling; application of theories from the 
behavioral sciences to selling through the analysis 
of sales situations and techniques. Prerequisite: 
Business 228 or consent ofinstructor. 

449 

MANAGING THE SMALL BUSINESS 

How the potential businessman proceeds in 
establishing, operating, and profiting from a 
small business operation. Considered and 
analyzed are such aspects as marketing, 
managing, financing, promoting, insuring, 
establishing, developing, and staffing the small 
retail, wholesale service, and manufacturing 
firm. May term. Prerequisite: Accounting 
111, and Business 228, 338 or consent of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typical examples are marketing analysis 
for a paper products firm, planning a branch 
store, hotel and real estate management, 
banking and insurance. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies are: the 
economic impact of a college on a community 
and marketing strategy for a local firm 
entering the consumer market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

A recent project was a study of the evolution 
of anti-trust legislation in the United States. 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 




CHEMISTRY (CHEM) 

Professor: Franz 

Associate Professor: McDonald (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: Berkheimer, Wolfskill 
Part-time Instructors: Baggett, Miller 

i\ major in chemistry consists of Chemis- 
try 1 10-1 1 1, 220-221, 330-331, 332 and 333; 
Physics 225-226; Mathematics 128, 129 and 
one of the following courses: Mathematics 
103, 231, 238, 332, or Computer Science 125. 
Mathematics 23 1 and 238 and French or 
German are strongly recommended for 
students planning on graduate study in chem- 
istry. To be certified in secondary education, 
chemistry majors must also pass two biology 
courses numbered 1 10 or higher. 

The Department is approved by the 
American Chemical Society (ACS) to certify 
those students whose programs meet or 
exceed requirements established by the ACS. 



Students who wish to earn ACS certification 
must complete the major described above, as 
well as Chemistry 443 and two courses from 
Chemistry 440, 442, 447, and 480 (or 490). 
Students who complete the ACS-certified 
degree are eligible for admission as members 
to the American Chemical Society following 
graduation. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as Writing Intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Chemistry 330 and 
332. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
of four courses numbered 220 or higher; at 
least one must be taken from each of the 
following groups: Group A (220-221, 440, 
442, 444, 447) and Group B (226 or 332, 330- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



331,333,439,443). Named minors in 
specialized areas may be designed by students 
with departmental approval. 

108 

CHEMICAL PRINCIPLES 

An introduction to the principles of 
inorganic chemistry. Topics include atomic 
and molecular structure, nomenclature, gases, 
solutions, acids and bases, kinetics, equilib- 
rium, oxidation-reduction, and stoichiometry. 
The approach is primarily descriptive with 
illustrations drawn mostly from the health 
sciences. Along with Chemistry 1 15, this 
course is designed for those students who 
require only two semesters of chemistry, and 
is not intended for students planning to enroll 
in chemistry courses numbered 200 or above. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discus- 
sion, and one three-hour laboratory period 
each week. Prerequisite: Math 100 or 
consent of the Chemistry Department. Not 
open for credit to students who have received 
credit for Chemistry 110. 

110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods 
of separation, purification, and identification 
of compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for 
students who plan to major in one of the 
sciences. Three hours lecture, one hour of 
discussion cmd one three-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: 1 10 Prereq- 
uisite: Math 100 or consent of the Chemistiy 
Department. Not open for credit to students 
who have received credit for Chemistry 108, 
except by permission of the Chemistiy 
Department. 



Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of Chemistry 1 10, with 
emphasis placed on the foundations of 
analytical, inorganic, and physical chemistry. 
Topics include kinetics, general and ionic 
equilibria, acid-base theory, electrochemistry, 
thermodynamics, nuclear chemistry, coordina- 
tion chemistry, and descriptive inorganic 
chemistry of selected elements. The labora- 
tory treats aspects of quantitative and qualita- 
tive inorganic analysis. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi- 
site: Chemistiy 110 or consent of the Chemis- 
tiy Department. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the 
principles of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, nursing, forestry, education and the 
humanities. Topics include nomenclature, 
alkanes, arenes, functional derivatives, amino 
acids and proteins, carbohydrates and other 
naturally occurring compounds. This course 
is designed for students who require only one 
semester of organic chemistry. Three hours 
of lecture, one hour of discussion, and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: Chemistiy 108 or 1 10. Not 
open for credit to students who have received 
credit for Chemistiy 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
Chemistn' 111. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



226 

CLINICAL ANALYSIS 

A presentation of selected wet-chemical 
and instrumental methods of quantitative 
analysis with an orientation toward clinical 
applications in medical technology. Topics 
include: general methods and calculations; 
solutions; titrations; photometric analyses 
(colorimetric, atomic absorption, flame 
emission); electrochemical methods (ion- 
selective electrodes, coulometry); automation. 
Lecture, recitation, and laboratory daily. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 110-111 or consent 
of instructor. May not be taken for credit 
following Chemistry 332. May 
term only. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental principles of 
theoretical chemistry and their applications. 
The laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours 
of lecture and one four-hour laboratory 
period each week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 
111, Mathematics 129, and one year of 
physics or consent of instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary 
instrumental analysis together with practice in 
laboratory techniques and calculations of 
these methods. Two hours of lecture and two 
three-hour laboratory periods each week. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 111 or consent 
of instructor. 

333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modern theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to 
the chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 



four-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: Chemistry 330, Mathematics 
129, and one year of physics or consent of 
instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

After presenting the origin, basic concepts, 
and formulation of quantum mechanics with 
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course 
will investigate the free particle, simple 
harmonic oscillator, and central-force prob- 
lems. Both time-independent and time- 
dependent perturbation theory will be cov- 
ered. The elegant operator formalism of 
quantum mechanics will conclude the course. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation. Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics 231, either Chemis- 
try 331 or Physics 226, and consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as Physics 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modem syn- 
thetic organic chemistry. Topics may 
include oxidation-reduction processes, 
carbon-carbon bond forming reactions, 
functional group transformations, and multi- 
step syntheses of natural products (antibiotics, 
antitumor agents, and antiviral agents). Three 
hours of lecture and one four-hour lab- 
oratory period. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22 1 . 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theory and application of the identifica- 
tion of organic compounds. Special emphasis 
will be placed on the utilization of spectro- 
scopic techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, 
UV-VIS, and MS). Three of hours lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisites: Chemistry 221, Chemis- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CHEMISTRY 



tn' 331, or consent of instructor. 

443 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
with emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
chemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
instrumental analysis. Three hours lecture 
and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 331 and 332 
or consent of instructor. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, 
including allosteric control, induction, 
repression, signal transduction as well as the 
various types of inhibitive control mecha- 
nisms. Prerequisite: Chemistry 22] or 1 15 
or consent of instructor. Cross-listed as 
Biology 444. 

447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, charac- 
terization, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: Chem- 
istry 221 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their 
own research activities or those of others 
which have appeared in recent chemical 
literature. Prerequisite: Three semesters of 
non-credit Chemistry Colloquium taken 



during the junior and senior years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 




CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Assistant Professor: Strauser (Coordinator) 

1 his major is designed to acquaint students 
with the American criminal justice system and 
to provide an understanding of the social, 
psychological, philosophical, and political 
contexts within which the system of criminal 
justice functions. Its aim is to develop students' 
intellectual and scientific skills in raising and 
attempting to answer important questions about 
the system of justice and its place in society. 
The program offers opportunity for intern 
experience in the field, and prepares for careers 
in the areas of law enforcement, probation and 
parole, prisons, and treatment services. 

The major has two tracks. Track I pre- 
pares for careers in law enforcement. Track II 
prepares for careers in corrections. 



Track I - Law Enforcement. 

The major consists of 10 courses, distrib- 
uted as follows: 

A. Professional courses in criminal justice 
(three courses): 

Introduction to the Criminal Justice System 
(Sociology and Anthropology 115); 
Introduction to Law Enforcement 
(Sociology and Anthropology 223); 
The American Prison System (Sociology 
and Anthropology 339) 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political context of the 
justice system (seven courses): 
Criminology (Sociology and Anthropology 
300) and either Juvenile Delinquency 
(Sociology and Anthropology 221) or 
Racial and Cultural Minorities (Sociology 
and Anthropology 334) (two courses); 
Abnormal Psychology (Psychology 116) 
(one course); 

America as a Civilization (American 
Studies 200), Afro-American History 
(History 230) or United States Social and 
Intellectual History Since 1 877 (History 
443) (one course); 

Law and Society (Political Science 335) 
and Civil Rights and Liberties (Political 
Science 331) (two courses); Philosophical 
Issues in Criminal Justice (Philosophy 
2 1 8) (one course) 
C.Internshiporpracticuminlawenforcement 
( recommended but not required for the major) . 

Track II - Corrections. 

The major consists of 10 courses, distrib- 
uted as follows: 

A. Professional courses in criminal justice 
(three courses): 

Introduction to the Criminal Justice System 
(Sociology and Anthropology 115); 
The American Prison System (Sociology 
and Anthropology 339); 
Introduction to Human Services (Sociol- 
ogy and Anthropology 222) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE • ECONOMICS 



B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political context of the 
justice system (seven courses): 
Criminology (Sociology and Anthropology 
300) and either Juvenile Delinquency 
(Sociology and Anthropology 221) or 
Racial and Cultural Minorities (Sociology 
and Anthropology 334) (two courses); 
Abnormal Psychology (Psychology 1 16) 
(one course); 

America as a Civilization (American 
Studies 200), Afro-American History 
(History 230) or United States Social and 
Intellectual History Since 1 877 (History 
443) (one course); 

Law and Society (Political Science 335) 
and Civil Rights and Liberties (Political 
Science 331) (two courses); 
Philosophical Issues in Criminal Justice 
(Philosophy 218) (One course) 

C. Internship or practicum in corrections 
(recommended but not required for the 
major). Prerequisite: Mathematics 103, 
Psychology 431, and Psychology 239. 
These prerequisites may be waived in 
certain cases by the coordinating committee. 

Majors should seek advice concerning 
course selection from members of the coordi- 
nating committee and should note course 
prerequisites in planning their programs. 

Minor 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
courses. Required courses include: Sociology 
1 1 5 Introduction to Criminal Justice and any 
four other courses in the Criminal Justice major 
listed above, at least three of which must be 
numbered 200 or above. To receive credit for a 
minor in Criminal Justice, a student must 
maintain a minimum 2.0 cumulative average in 
courses completed for the minor. 




ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Shangraw Professor: Opdahl (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Madresehee 
Assistant Professor: Sprunger 

1 he major has two tracks. Track I is designed 
for the student whose primary interest lies in 
business management; Track II is designed to 
provide a broad understanding of economic, 
social, and business problems. In addition to 
preparing students for a career in business or 
government, this track provides an excellent 
background for graduate or professional studies. 

Track I - Managerial Economics requires 
Economics 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 332 and either 330 
or 441 ; Accounting 1 10 and either Account- 
ing 1 1 1 or Business 329; Business 338; and 
two other economics courses numbered 200 
or above, excluding Economics 349. 

Track II - General Economics requires 
Economics 1 1 and 1 1 1 . 33 1 , 440, 330 or 44 1 , 
and three other courses in economics. Depend- 
ing on their academic and career interests, 
students are encouraged to select a minor in 
another department such as political science, 
philosophy, or history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - Math 103 and 
Business 223; majors planning graduate 
work - Math 1 1 2 and 1 28; Track II majors - 
Accounting 1 10 and either 1 1 1 or 220. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as Writing Intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Economics 337 and 
440. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the completion of 
Economics 1 10 and 1 1 1 and three other economics 
courses numbered 200 or above, or any four 
economics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The Department of Economics is a member 
of the Institute for Management Studies. See 
page 111. 

102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings, buying 
insurance, automobiles and houses; medical 
care costs; estates and wills, etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modern capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 
How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institutions; 
capital markets, and international financial 
relations. Prerequisite: Economics 110. 

Ill 

COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 
A comparative analysis of the underlying 
ideologies, the basic institutions, and the 
performance of selected economic systems. 
Alternate years. 

224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and 
economic problems associated with urbaniza- 
tion, including poverty, employment, educa- 
tion, crime, health, housing, land use and the 
environment, transportation, and public finance. 
Analysis of solutions offered. Alternate years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application 
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
creation of an ecologically- viable economy. 

229 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING 

An introduction to the nature and history 
of business fluctuations, the tools used in 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 



aggregate analysis, theories that seek to 
explain the cycle, and techniques used in 
forecasting economic activity. Prerequisite: 
Economics 110 or permission of the instruc- 
to r. A lie ma te yea rs. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modem statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and 
forecast different economic variables. 
Prerequisites: Mathematic 103, Economics 
110 and 111, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

330 

INTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory regarding consumer demand, produc- 
tion costs and theory, profit maximization, 
market structures, and the determinants of 
returns to the factors of production. Prerequi- 
sites: Economics 110 and HI. Alternate years. 

331 

INTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
theory and practice with regard to business 
fluctuation, national income accounting, the 
determination of income and employment 
levels, and the use of monetary and fiscal 
policy. Prerequisites: Economics 110 and 
111. Alternate years. 

332 

GOVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
efforts to maintain competition through 
antitrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
cases of private monopoly, through public 
utility regulation and via means of regulatory 
commissions, and to encourage or restrain 
various types of private economic activities. 



Prerequisites: Economics 110 and 111 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the 
United States, including the structure of 
unions, employers' opposition to unions, the 
role of government in labor-management 
relations and the economic impact of unions. 
Alternate years. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. 
Prerequisite: Economics 110 and 111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: 
Economics 1 10 and 111. 

349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itself) designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one- 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS • EDUCATION 



half of the effort expended will consist of 
academic work related to agency activities. 

440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas 
embodied in the works of Smith, Marx, 
Schumpeter, Keynes, and others. Prerequi- 
sites: Economics 110 and 11 1 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
Economics 1 10 and 111. Some understanding 
of differential calculus is recommended. 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Blair, 

Conrad (Chairperson), Hungerford 
Visiting Instructor: Bossert 
Part-time Instructors: Grove, Mosser, 
Salvatori, Straub, Little, Zalonis 

1 he Education Department offers Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher certification programs 
in elementary and secondary education, as 
well as a school nurse certification program. 
Students seeking secondary certification 
must complete Education 200 and Psychology 
338 as prerequisites to the professional 
semester (Education 446, 447, 449) as well as 
the necessary subject area courses. Students 
must have the required 14 1/2 day observa- 
tions with their assigned cooperating teacher 
during the semester prior to their professional 
semester. Students may earn secondary 
certification in one or more of the following 
areas: art (K-12), biology, chemistry, English, 
French (K- 1 2), general science, German (K- 
12), mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
school nurse (K-12), social studies, and 
Spanish (K-12). 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



Students seeking elementary certification 
must complete Education 200, Psychology 
338, Mathematics 205, Education 000, 341, 
342, 343, and 344 as prerequisites to the 
professional semester (Education 445, 447, 
448). Students must have the required 14 1/2 
day observations with their assigned cooperat- 
ing teacher during the semester prior to their 
professional semester. 

Students interested in the teacher education 
program should refer to the Teacher Educa- 
tion Handbook, which specifies the current 
requirements for certification. Early consulta- 
tion with a member of the Education Depart- 
ment is strongly recommended. Application 
for the professional semester must be made 
during the spring semester of the junior year. 
The Department of Education admits to the 
professional semester only those applicants 
who are in good academic standing, have 
satisfactorily completed the participation 
requirements, have paid the student teaching 
fee, and have received a positive evaluation 
based upon: (a) recommendation from the 
student's major department; (b) a screening 
interview conducted by the Education 
Department; and (c) a writing sample from the 
student. Major departments have different 
criteria for their recommendations. Therefore, 
the student should consult with the chairper- 
son of the major department about those 
requirements. 

Additional teacher intern program informa- 
tion can be found on page 54. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Education 343 and 
344. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

000 

SEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
series of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 



student teaching, during the fall semester of 
the senior year. These seminars, conducted 
by certified public school personnel, empha- 
size activities and knowledge which are 
helpful in the self-contained elementary 
classroom. Non-credit course. 

200 

INTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, 
and religious conditions which influence 
American schools and teachers. Consideration 
is given to the school environment, the 
curriculum, and the children with the intention 
that students will examine more rationally their 
own motives for entering the profession. 

232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assign- 
ments utilizing various A-V devices. 

239 

PUBLIC SCHOOL CURRICULUM 

An examination of the various curricula of 
the public schools and their relationship to 
current practices. Special attention will be 
given to the meaning and nature of the 
curriculum, the desirable outcomes of the 
curriculum, conflicting and variant concep- 
tions of curricula content, modem techniques 
of curricular construction, criteria for the 
evaluation of curricula, the curriculum as a 
teaching instrument. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the curriculum work within the teaching 
field of each individual. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 
sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: Education 200 and 
Psychology 338 or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 
study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and partici- 
pation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisite: Education 200 and 
Psychology 338 or consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. 

A course designed to consider the principal 
means of communication, oral and written, 
including both practical and creative uses. 
Attention will be given to listening, speaking, 
written expression, linguistics and grammar, 
and spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of 
the creative writing of others. Observation 
and participation in Lycoming County 



elementary schools. Prerequisite: Education 
200 and Psychology 338 or consent of 
instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an 
elementary reading program from kindergar- 
ten through sixth grade. Emphasis is upon 
designing a reading instructional program 
which reflects the nature of the learning 
process and recognizes principles of child 
development through examination of the 
principles, problems, methods, and materials 
used in elementary reading programs. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 338, Education 200, 
or consent of instructor. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- 
tary Professional Semester: 

EDUCATION 445 — Methods of Teaching 
in the Elementary 
School 

EDUCATION 447 — Problems in 
Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUCATION 448 — Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particu- 
lar consideration will be given to the appropri- 
ate age and developmental level of the 
students with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



m 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



EDUCATION 



Specific attention is given to the development 
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for overall 
classroom management. Direct application is 
made to the individual student teaching 
experience. Prerequisites: Mathematics 205, 
Education 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and 
pre-student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

448 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
public elementary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units 
maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUCATION 446 — Methods of Teaching 

in the Secondary School 

EDUCATION 447 — Problems in 
Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUCATION 449 — Student Teaching in 
the Secondary School 

1 994-95 ACADEM IC CATALOG ■ 



446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 
A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Stress is placed on the selection and 
utilization of visual and auditory aids to 
learning. Students teach demonstration 
lessons in the presence of the instructor and 
the members of the class and observe superior 
teachers in Lycoming County secondary 
schools. Prerequisite: Education 200, 
Psychology 338, and pre-student teaching 
participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under 
the supervision of a selected cooperating 
teacher in a public secondary school in 
Lycoming County. Student teachers are 
required to follow the calendar of the school 
district to which they are assigned. Two units 
maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 



^a 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Jensen, Rife 

Associate Professor: Moses (Chairperson) 

Assistant Professors: Austin, Hawkes, 

Lewes, Hafer 
Part-time Instructors: Keller, Logue 

L he department offers two programs 
leading to the major in English: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose English as a liberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose English as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in English; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
law; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 

A minimum often courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are English 217, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



220, 22 1 , 222, and 223; two courses selected 
from English 31 1, 312, 313, 314, and 315; one 
from English 335 and 336; and two electives 
from among courses numbered 215 and above. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses in 
English are 217, 220, 221, 222, 223, 335, 336, 
and 338; three courses selected from 311,312, 
313, 314, and 3 15; and one elective from 
among courses numbered 215 and above. 
Required courses outside English are Educa- 
tion 200, 446, 447, and 449; Psychology 1 10 
and 338; and Theatre 100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 



o 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 



program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creative potential while 
pursuing a fundamental liberal arts education. 

A minimum of eleven courses is required for 
Track II. Required courses are English 225 and 
240; three courses selected from English 220, 
22 1 , 222, and 223; one from English 311,312, 
3 13, 3 14 and 3 15; one from English 33 land 
332; one from English 335 and 336; two from 
English 34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442 (note prerequi- 
sites); and one from English 4 1 1 and 412. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: English 33 1 , 334, 335, 336, 
and 420. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from English 217, 240, 321, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

105 

INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING 

A review of grammar and an introduction to 
college-level reading and writing. A skills lab 
complements classroom instruction. One unit 
grade of "P" will be assigned when the student 
has successfully completed all of the work in 
the course. Required of, and limited to, those 
who have not been exempted from English 105. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 
position in various situations requiring the use 
of written English. 



215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
formal analysis. Identification of primary 
elements and structures of literary representa- 
tion. Literature chosen for study will vary. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. 

in 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

Brief introduction to criticism as a disci- 
pline, followed by workshop training in 
writing critical papers on the major literary 
genres. Prerequisite: Grade of C + or better 
in English 106 or consent of instructor. 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

Literary forms, themes, and authors from 
the Anglo-Saxon period through the 18th 
century. Emphasis on such writers as 
Chaucer, Spenser, Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, 
Pope, and Johnson; representative works from 
Beowulf io Bumey's Evelina. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 
19th century. Particularemphasisonsuch 
writers as Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, 
Tennyson, Browning, Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, 
and Yeats. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. 

222 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to the Civil War, with major 
emphasis on the writers of the Romantic 
period: Poe, Emerson, Thoreau. Hawthorne, 
Melville, Dickinson, and Whitman. Prerequi- 
site: English 106 or consent of instructor. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



223 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 
Survey ofAmerican literature from theCivil 
War to the present, emphasizing such authors as 
Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, 
Frost, EHot, Stevens, O'Neill, and Williams. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 
A study, i n translation, of Greek and Roman 
works that have influenced Western writers. 
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, satire, 
and love poetry. Writers studied include Homer, 
Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Virgil, 
Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. frere<7M/- 
site: English 106 or consent of instructor. 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRIT- 
ING 

Workshop discussions, structured exercises, and 
readings in contemporary literature to provide 
practice and basic instruction in the writing and 
evaluation of poetry and fiction. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry 
and prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to 
Malory 's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric, 
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis 
on the cultural context from which these forms 
emerge. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent 
ofinstructor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary forms 
of the Renaissance. Authors studied will 
include Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, 
Sidney, Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: 
English 106 or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 



313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature (1660-1800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual life of that 
era. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and 
themes of the Romantic period ( 1 789- 1 832) with 
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual 
life of that era. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent ofinstructor. Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and 
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with 
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual 
life of that era. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent ofinstructor. Alternate years. 

321 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL 

A course providing practice in report and 
technical writing, proposals, and other areas 
where competence will be expected in the 
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: 
English 1 06 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 

THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 
and the personal. Readings will include 
essayists from Montaigne to Gould. Prereq- 
uisite: Grade ofC+ or better in English 106 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 



331 

20TH-CENTURY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
of such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
Joyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with 
special emphasis on the relationship of their 
works to concepts of modernism. Prerequi- 
site: English 106 or consent of instructor. 

332 

20TH-CENTURY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
modem and contemporary poets including 
Yeats, Eliot, Stevens, Frost, Moore, Lowell, 
Bishop, and Rich. Prerequisite: English 106 
or consent of instructor. 

333 

THE NOVEL 

An examination of British and American 
works from the 1 8th century to the present, 
focusing on the novel's ability — since its 
explosive inception — to redefine its own 
boundaries. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

WOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of selected British and American 
literature by women, designed to identify 
those elements which distinguish women's 
particular contribution to the literary canon. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

335 
CHAUCER 

A study of the major works with emphasis 
on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde. Some attention to language study 
and to the traditions out of which Chaucer's 
works arose. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 

LINGUISTICS AND THE ANALYSIS OF 

THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE 

Introduction to methods of analyzing spoken 
and written English. Classroom work sup- 
ported by weekly tutorials, in which the student 
gains practical experience in identifying, 
diagnosing, and correcting basic communica- 
tions problems. Prerequisite: English 106 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in English 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, 
where the student is trained to hear language at 
work. Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in English 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure, 
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms 
will be studied through readings, discussion, 
and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in 
both practical criticism and in creative writing, 
this course will pay particular attention to 
theories concerned with the relationship 
between form and content in poetry. Prerequi- 
site: English 240 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^P 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

An exploration of such fictional forms as 
drama, short story, novella, tale, yam, novel 
and essay. Serious attention will be given to 
aesthetics and the role and responsibility of 
the writer in society. Prerequisite: English 
240 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery 
and Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
Prerequisite: English 106 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experience 
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq- 
uisite: English 341. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encour- 
aged to develop and control his or her 
individual style and produce publishable 
fiction. Prerequisite: English 342. Alternate 
years. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: English 106 or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art 
and literature (1890-1945); the hard-boiled 
detective novel; contemporary women 
writers; and Milton's use of the Bible in 
Paradise Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



•21 ■ 1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Associate Professors: Buedel (on leave), 

MacKenzie (Chairperson), Maples 
Assistant Professor: G. Clark 
Visiting Instructor: Kingery 
Part-time Instructors: A. Falk, Boring 

Otudy of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to interna- 
tional understanding by providing competence 
in a foreign language and a critical acquain- 
tance with the literature and culture of foreign 
peoples. A major can serve as entree to careers 
in business, government, publishing, educa- 
tion, journalism, social agencies, translating, 
and writing. It prepares for graduate work in 
literature or linguistics and the international 
fields of politics, business, law, health, and 
area studies. 

French, German, and Spanish are offered 
as major fields of study. The major consists 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



of at least eight courses numbered 1 1 1 
or above. Majors seeking teacher certification 
and students planning to enter graduate 
school are advised to begin study of a second 
foreign language. The department encourages 
students to consider allied courses from 
related fields or a second major, and also 
individual or established interdisciplinary 
majors combining interest in several litera- 
tures or area or cross-cultural studies; for 
example. International Studies, 20th Century 
Studies, the Major in Literature. Majors, 
teacher certification candidates, and all 
students are encouraged to spend at least a 
semester of study abroad by applying to one 
of the many programs available. The depart- 
ment maintains a file of such programs. 
Courses taught in English: Foreign 
Languages and Literatures 225 and 338. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES (FLL) 

225 

CONTINENTAL LITERATURE 

A study of such major continental authors 
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, 
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, 
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works 
read in English translation will vary and be 
organized around a different theme or topic; 
recent topics have been existentialism, 
modernism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th 
century Scandinavian and German prose 
writers. Prerequisite: None. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 
May be accepted toward the English major 
with consent of the Department of English. 

338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 

SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for 
language learning and teaching. Discussion and 
application of language teaching techniques, 
including work in the language laboratory. 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Designed for future teachers of one or more 
languages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Students should arrange through the Depart- 
ment of Education to fulfill in the same semester 
the requirements of a participation experience in 
area schools. Prerequisite: Consent of instruc- 
tor. Does not count toward majors in French, 
German, and Spanish. 

FRENCH (FRN) 

rV major consists of a minimum of eight 
courses numbered 1 1 1 or above, including at 
least two from 402, 412, 423, and 427. In 
addition, all majors who wish to be certified 
for teaching must pass courses 221-222, and 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 338 (the 
latter course with a C or better). 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: French 441. Stu- 
dents must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least four 
courses numbered 22 1 and above. Courses 
1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted toward the 
minor, but then the minor must consist of at 
least five courses, three of which must be 
numbered 200 and above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamen- 
tals of the language for immediate use in 
speaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. 



221-222 

FRENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Further training in speaking, listening 
comprehension, reading, and writing. In- 
cludes extensive work in grammar. Prerequi- 
site: French 112 or equivalent. 

MODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students with 
political and social structures and cultural 
attitudes in contemporary French society. 
Material studied may include such documents 
as newspaper articles, interviews and sociologi- 
cal surveys, and readings in history, religion, 
anthropology, and the arts. Some attention to 
the changing education system and the family 
and to events and ideas which have shaped 
French society. May include some comparative 
study of France and the United States. Prerequi- 
site: French221 or consent of instructor. 

402 

FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800 

Major authors and movements from the 
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and Enlight- 
enment periods. Includes the chanson de 
geste, Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, Racine, 
Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequi- 
site: French 222 or 228 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FRENCH LITERATURE 
OF THE 19TH CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal. 
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of 
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of 
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and Mallarme. 
Prerequisite: French 222 or 228 or consent 
of instructor. Alternate years. 

423 

MODERN FRENCH THEATRE 

Major trends in French drama from the 
turn of the century to Existentialism and the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Theatre of the Absurd, Giraudoux, Anouilh. 
Sartre, Camus, Beckett, lonesco. Genet, 
Adamov, and others. Prerequisite: French 
222 or 228 or consent of instructor. 

427 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and noveUsts of 
modem France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Gide, 
Aragon, Giono, Mauriac, Cehne, Malraux, 
Saint-Exupery, Camus, the "new novehsts" 
(Robbe-Grillet, Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio), 
and the poetry of Apolhnaire, Valery, the 
Surreahsts (Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), 
Saint-John Perse, Supervielle, Prevert, and 
others. Some attention to works of French- 
speaking African writers. Prerequisite: 
French 222 or 228 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

441 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral 
and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisite: One course from French 402, 
412, 423, 427 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French 
include translation. Existentialism, the 
classical period, enlightenment literature, and 
Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



GERMAN (GERM) 

J\ major consists of a minimum of eight 
courses numbered 1 1 1 or above. One unit of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures 225 may be 
included in the major with permission. German 
43 1 or German 44 1 is required of all majors. 

All majors who wish to be certified for 
teaching must pass German 323 and 325. In 
addition to the eight courses for the major they 
must also pass Foreign Languages and 
Literatures 338 with a grade of C or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in History 416, Music 
336, Political Science 220 and Theatre 335. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: German 431 and 
44 1 . Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least four 
courses numbered 200 and above. Courses 
1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted toward the 
minor, but then the minor must consist of at 
least five courses, three of which must be 
numbered 200 and above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding, and 
reading with a view to building confidence in 
self-expression. Prerequisite: German 102 or 
equivalent. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to review 
and develop skills in speaking, listening, writing 
and reading. Grammar and vocabulary building 
are stressed with intensive review, writing 
practice and some reading on contemporary 
issues in German-speaking countries. Some 
attention is given to the development of the 
language and its relationship to English. 
Prerequisite: German 1 12 or equivalent. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite: 
German 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, repre- 
sentative authors, and major cultural develop- 
ments in Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. 
The course deals with literature and culture 
from the 19th century to the present. Prerequi- 
site: German 222 or consent of instructor. 

411 

THE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
various literary periods. Prerequisite: Ger- 
man 323 or 325 or consent of instructor. 

421 

GERMAN POETRY 

A study of selected poets or the poetry of 
various literary periods. Possible topics 
include: Romantic poetry, Heine, Rilke, and 



Benn. Prerequisite: German 323 or 325 or 
consent ofinstructor. 

431 

GOETHE 

A study of the life and works of Goethe. 
Goethe's significance in the Classical period 
and later. Readings in the major works. 
Prerequisite: Gennan 323 or 325 or consent of 
instructor. 

433 

CLASSICAL GERMAN DRAMA 

The development of das klassische Drama 
with emphasis on works of Lessing, Goethe, 
Kleist, and Schiller. Prerequisite: German 
323 or 325 or consent of instructor. 

441 

CONTEMPORARY 
GERMAN LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
dramatists of contemporary Germany, 
Switzerland and Austria covering the period 
from 1 945 to the present. Readings selected 
from writers such as: Borchert, Boll, Brecht, 
Benn, Frisch, Diirrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, 
Walser, Grass and others. Prerequisite: 
German 323 or 325 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in German 
include Classicism, Germanic Mythology, 
Hermann Hesse, the dramas of Frisch and 
Diirrenmatt. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



GREEK (GRK) 

Cjreek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of Greek 22 1 , 222 
and Hebrew 221 and 222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Alternate years. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 

A comparative study of the synoptic 
tradition in Greek. Prerequisite: Greek 102 
or equivalent. Alternate years. 

222 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 
Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: Greek 221 or 
equivalent. Alternate years. 



HEBREW (HEBR) 

riebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of Greek 22 1 , 222 
and Hebrew 221 and 222. 

101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Alternate years. 

Ill 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa- 
ment with special attention being given to 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



exegetical questions. The text read varies 
from year to year. Prerequisite: Hebrew 102 
or equivalent. Alternate years. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
Hebrew 221 or equivalent. Alternate years. 

SPANISH (SPAN) 

A major consists of eight courses numbered 
1 1 1 or above. Foreign Languages and Litera- 
tures 338 does not count toward the major. 

All majors who wish to be certified for 
teaching in secondary school must pass Foreign 
Languages and Literatures 338 (grade of C or 
better) and Spanish 41 8. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: Spanish 418. 

Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least four 
courses numbered 200 and above. Courses 
1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted toward the 
minor, but then the minor must consist of at 
least five courses, three of which must be 
numbered 200 and above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



immediate use in speaking, understanding, 
reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite: 
Spanish 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW AND 
LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses consists of a 
thorough review of grammar, drills for oral 
comprehension and expression, discussion of 
readings and the writing of compositions. It is 
designed to develop the student's ability to 
read, write and converse in Spanish with 
confidence. Prerequisite: Spanish 112 or 
equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to the Spanish- 
speaking people — their values, customs and 
institutions, with reference to the geographic 
and historical forces governing present-day 
Spain and Spanish America. Prerequisite: 
Spanish 222 or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 

AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish literature, 
representative authors, and major socio- 
economic developments. The course deals 
with the literature from the Middle Ages to 
the present. Prerequisite: Spanish 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish-American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 
deals with the literature, especially the essay 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and poetry, from the 16th century to the 
present. Prerequisite: Spanish 222 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written Spanish. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, pronunciation, oral and 
written composition, and translation. Pre- 
requisite: One Spanish course at the 300' s 
level or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

424 

SPANISH LITERATURE 
OF THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and 
principal literary figures in the poetry, prose, 
and drama of the 16th and 17th centuries. 
Prerequisite: Spanish 323, 325, or consent of 
instructor. 

426 

MODERN HISPANIC LITERATURE 

Readings of important works of drama, 
poetry, and prose from the major periods of 
the 19th and 20th century Spanish and Latin- 
American literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 
323, 325, or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, 
and cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 




HISTORY (HIST) 

Professors: Larson, Piper 

Associate Professor: Morris (Chairperson) 

Visiting Instructor: Witwer 

JK major consists of 10 courses, including 
11 0, 1 1 1 , and 449. At least seven courses must 
be taken in the department. The following 
courses may be counted toward fulfilling the 
major requirements: American Studies 200, 
Political Science 439, Religion 226 and 228. 
Other appropriate courses outside the depart- 
ment may be counted upon departmental 
approval. For history majors who student teach 
in history, the major consists of nine courses. 
In addition to the courses listed below, special 
courses, independent study, and honors are 
available. Special courses recently taught and 
anticipated include a biographical study of 
European Monarchs, the European Left, the 
Industrialization and Urbanization of Modern 
Europe, Utopian Movements in America , the 
Peace Movement in America, The Vietnam 
War, and American Legal History. History 
majors are encouraged to participate in the 
internship program. 



The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as Writing Intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: History 2 1 8, 230, 443, 
and 449. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American History: 
History 125, 126, and three courses in Ameri- 
can history numbered 200 and above. A minor 
in European History requires the completion of 
History 110, 111 and three courses in European 
history numbered 200 and above. To obtain a 
minor in History (without national or geo- 
graphical designation), a student must com- 
plete six courses in history, of which three must 
be chosen from history 1 10, 11 1, 125, and 126 
and three must be history courses numbered 
200 and above. 

105 

SELECTED THEMES IN 
WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

A survey of the political, economic, social, 
and cultural values and institutions in Western 
Civilization from the time of classical Greece 
to the present. One-half unit of credit. (Not 
open to students who have had History 110 and 
111). 

110 

EUROPE 1500-1815 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1 500 to 1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE 1815-PRESENT 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1 8 1 5 to the present. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, the 
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish colonial 
policy, the independence movements, and the 
development of modem institutions and gov- 
ernments in Latin America. Alternate years. 

125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 

A study of the men, measures, and move- 
ments which have been significant in the 
development of the United States between 
1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the 
problems of minority groups as well as to 
majority and national influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1877-PRESENT 

A study of men, measures, and movements 
which have been significant in the develop- 
ment of the United States since 1877. Atten- 
tion is paid to the problems of minority groups 
as well as to majority and national influences. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, 
including the foundations of the western 
tradition in Greece, the emergence and expan- 
sion of the Roman state, its experience as a 
republic, and its transformation into the Empire. 
The course will focus on the social and intellec- 
tual life of Greece and Rome as well as political 
and economic changes. Alternate years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium 
and Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise 
of the Islamic Empire and its later fragmenta- 
tion; the development and growth of feudalism; 
the conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise 
of the towns. Alternate years. 



216 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: History ] 10 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA 
OF THE WORLD WARS 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
from 1900-1945. Topics include the rise of 
irrationalism, the origins of the First World 
War, the Communist and Fascist Revolutions, 
and the attempts to preserve peace before 1939. 
Prerequisite: History 111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, eco- 
nomic, social, and cultural history of Europe 
since 1945. Topics include the post-war 
economic recovery of Europe, the Sovietiza- 
tion of Eastern Europe, the origins of the Cold 
War, decolonization, and the flowering of the 
welfare state. Prerequisite: History 11 1 or 
consent of instructor. 

222 

HISTORY OF WORLD WAR II 

A comprehensive examination of World 
War II, emphasizing the effects of ideological, 
economic, and political forces on the formula- 
tion of military strategy and the conduct of 
operation; the nature and extent of the expan- 
sion of government powers; and the experience 
of war from the perspective of ordinary 
civilians and military alike. Does not count 
toward distribution. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
the American continent, their history as 
colonies, the causes and events of the Ameri- 
can Revolution, the critical period following 
independence, and proposal and adoption of 
the United States Constitution. Alternate years. 

230 

AFRO- AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participa- 
tion of Afro- Americans in the United States. 
The course includes historical experiences 
such as slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and 
urbanization. It also raises the issue of the 
development and growth of white racism, and 
the effect of this racism on contemporary 
Afro- American social, intellectual, and 
political life. Alternate years. 

244 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 

This course begins with the Progressive Era 
and includes the political, economic, and social 
developments in the 20th century. Emphasis 
will be placed on the domestic and international 
demands which have faced the United States in 
the period following World War II. 

310 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of 
women in the Western World from ancient 
times to the present. May be taken for either 
one-half unit (section 310A) or full unit (sec- 
tion 310B); declared majors and prospective 
majors should take the full-unit course, 31 OB. 

316 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

An in-depth study of the changing nature 
of war and its relationship to the development 
of Western Civilization since the end of the 
Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



placed on the role of war in the development 
of the modem nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the European- 
states system and the relations between the 
European states since the beginning of the 
French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 1 ] ] 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 

NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 19th century Europe from 
the revolutions of 1 848 through the unifica- 
tion of Germany. The course centers on the 
struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 

328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence 
of the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modem America. The personalities of 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special considera- 
tion is given to the first and second party 
systems, the decline in community cohesive- 
ness, the westward movement, and the 
growing importance of the family as a unit of 
social organization. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and the 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 



340 

20TH CENTURY 

UNITED STATES RELIGION 

The study of historical and cuhural 
developments in American society which 
relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but 
which are historically related to its inception, 
and of the ideas and systems of ideas involved 
in the formulation of the major Reformation 
Protestant traditions, and in the Catholic 
Reformation. Included are the ideas of the 
humanists of the Reformation Era. Alternate 
years. 

418 

HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 

A study of the classical, humanist, and 
scholastic elements involved in the develop- 
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and 
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe. 
The various combinations of social and 
political circumstances which constitute the 
historical context of these intellectual devel- 
opments will be noted. Alternate years. 

442 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877 
A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from its 
colonial antecedents through reconstruction. 
Among the topics considered are Puritanism, 
Transcendentalism, community life and 
organization, education, and social reform 



movements. Prerequisites: Two courses 
from History 125, 126, 230, or consent of 
instructor. 

443 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877 

A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from recon- 
struction to the present day. Among the 
topics considered are social Darwinism, 
pragmatism, community life and organization, 
education and social reform movements. 
Prerequisite: Two courses from History 125, 
126, 230, or consent of instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the student 
different historical approaches and will 
provide the opportunity to explore these 
approaches in terms of particular topics and 
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 
The course is open to other students who have 
two courses in history or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
immigration of American blacks, political 
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
relations before the American Revolution, and 
the history of Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND SCHOLARS PROGRAM 



INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Assistant Professor: Sterngold (Director) 

1 he purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni- 
ties for students majoring or minoring in 
accounting, business administration, or 
economics. It does this by offering an expanded 
internship program, special seminars on 
important management topics, student involve- 
ment in faculty research and professional 
projects, executive development seminars, and a 
Management Scholars Program for academi- 
cally talented students (described below). In 
addition, the IMS hosts guest speakers and 
conferences on current management issues. 

To become a member of the Institute for 
Management Studies, a student must meet the 
following criteria: 

1 . The student has a major in accounting, 
business administration, or economics and 
has completed three courses in one of these 
departments, or the student has a minor in 
accounting, business administration, or 
economics and has completed two courses 
in one of these departments. 

2. The student has at least sophomore status. 

3. The student has a GPA of 2.5 or higher. 
To graduate as a member of the IMS, the 

student must complete an appropriate 
practicum, internship, or independent study 
which results in a major paper; participate in 
designated IMS seminars and events; and 
maintain a GPA of 2.5 or higher. 




Management Scholars Program 

1 he Management Scholars Program is 
designed for academically talented students 
who have a major or minor in accounting, 
business administration, or economics and who 
are members ofthe Institute for Management 
Studies (students who are accepted into the 
Management Scholars Program automatically 
become members ofthe Institute for Manage- 
ment Studies). The students participate in 
special management seminars, have internships 
and/or independent study experiences, and give 
formal presentations in the senior year. 

To become a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 
1 . The student meets the requirements for 

becoming a member of the Institute for 

Management Studies (described above). 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDffiS AND SCHOLARS PROGRAM • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




2. The student has a GPA of 3.25 or higher. 

3. The student has successfully participated 
in three or more semesters of the Lycoming 
Scholars Program, or the student has been 
approved by the Director of the Manage- 
ment Scholars Program. 

Management scholars are required to 
complete two Management Scholar Seminars 
and to complete an appropriate internship, 
practicum, and/or independent study which 
results in a major paper and a public presenta- 
tion of their findings. To graduate as a 
Management Scholar, the student must also 
complete a major or minor in one of the three 
departments and maintain a GPA of 3.25 or 
higher. 

Students who are currently Lycoming College 
Scholars are welcome to become Management 
Scholars and participate in both programs. 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES (IN ST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

1 he major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, politi- 
cal, and historical environment of Europe 
today with study of Europe in its relations to 
the rest of the world, particularly the United 
States. It stresses the international relations of 
the North Atlantic community and offers the 
student opportunity to emphasize either 
European studies or international relations. 
The program provides multiple perspectives 
on the cultural traits that shape popular 
attitudes and institutions. Study of a single 
country is included as a data-base for com- 
parisons, and study of its language as a basis 
for direct communication with its people. 

The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
have an international component. International 
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov- 
ernment agencies and a wide range of business, 
social, religious, and educational organizations. 
Opportunities are found in the fields of journal- 
ism, publishing, communications, trade, bank- 
ing, advertising, management, and tourism. The 
program also offers flexible career preparation 
in a variety of essential skills, such as research, 
data analysis, report writing, language skills, 
and the awareness necessary for dealing with 
people and institutions of another culture. 
Preparation for related careers can be obtained 
through the guided selection of courses outside 
the major in the areas of business, economics, 
foreign languages and literatures, government, 
history, and international relations or through a 
second major. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with members of the 
Committee on International Studies. 

By completing six to eight additional 
courses in the social sciences (which include 
those courses needed to complete a major in 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^h 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



economics, history, political science, or 
sociology/anthropology) and the required 
program in education, students can be certified 
for the teacher education program in social 
studies. By completing a major in the foreign 
language (five or more courses) and the 
education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. The In-temational 
Studies program also encourages participa- 
tion in study-abroad programs, as well as the 
Washington and United Nations semesters. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: International Studies 
449. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

The major includes 1 1 courses selected as 
follows: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this 
group are designed to provide a basic under- 
standing of the international system and of 
Europe's relations with the rest of the world. 
Political Science 225 is required. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 225: World Politics 
ECONOMICS 343: International Trade 
HISTORY 320: European Diplomatic History 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 439: American 

Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and eco- 
nomic environment. History 1 1 1 and Eco- 
nomics 221 are required. 

HISTORY 111: Europe 1815-Present 
ECONOMICS 221: Comparative Economic 

Systems 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 220: European Politics 



HISTORY 218: Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HISTORY 219: Contemporary Europe 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRENCH 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 228) 

GERMAN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 

222 or above 

SPANISH 221, plus one course numbered 

222 or above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

France - French 228: Modem France 
Germany - History N80: Topics in 

German History 
Spain - Spanish 311: Hispanic Culture 

Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken; 
History 1 10, 316; Political Science 326, 327, 
438; related foreign literature courses counting 
toward the fine arts requirement and intern- 
ships. 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
senior year, in which students and several 
faculty members will pursue an integrative 
topic in the field of international studies. 
Students will work to some extent independ- 
ently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
seminar will be open to qualified persons 
from outside the major and the College. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



LITERATURE • MASS COMMUNICATION 



LITERATURE (lit) 

Associate Professor: Maples (Coordinator) 

1 his major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 
200 and above in English and 400 and above 
in foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, 
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. 
Beyond these six, the major must include at 
least two additional courses from among those 
counting toward a major in the departments 
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the 
respective departments (for example: English 
106, French 221-222 or 228, German 221- 
222, Spanish 221-222) should be taken during 
the freshman year. Students should design 
their programs in consultation with a faculty 
member from each of the literatures con- 
cerned. Programs for the major must be 
approved by the departments involved. 




MASS 
COMMUNICATION 

(COMM) 

Assistant Professors: Nason (Chairperson), 
Smith, Wild 

1 he major in mass communication 
recognizes the need for a liberal arts founda- 
tion and includes selected courses from the 
Departments of Art, Business Administration, 
Economics, History, Philosophy, Political 
Science, Psychology, and Sociology/Anthro- 
pology. The major combines a core of mass 
communication courses with one of two 
tracks. Emphasis is placed on developing an 
understanding of the cultural and historical 
roles of the mass media and on developing 
the communication skills necessary for 
careers in the media. 

Students majoring in mass communication 
must complete the Core Curriculum and one 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



OD 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



track. Each track requires a combination of 
theory, production, and writing courses.- 
Both tracks enable quaHfied students 
to pursue graduate studies in fields such 
as mass communication, journalism, 
professional writing, market research, and 
media research and administration. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to take a 
foreign language and to consider these addi- 
tional liberal arts electives: Art 222, Art 223, 
Theatre 1 10. Psychology 1 10, History 1 10, 
History 1 1 1, Philosophy 335, and literature 
courses from the Departments of English and 
Foreign Languages and Literatures. 

The following courses have been approved to 
be offered as writing intensive courses and may 
be offered as such: Mass Communication 226 
and 330. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in mass communication consists 
of Mass Communication 1 10, 211, 215 and 
three of the following courses: Mass Commu- 
nication 224, 329, 330, 470 and Political 
Science 436. 

CORE CURRICULUM 
REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS 

COMM 110 — Introduction to Mass Media 
COMM 115 — Basic Media Production 
COMM 21 1 — Principles of Oral 

Communication 
COMM 215 — Introduction to Media Writing 
COMM 226 — Literature, Film and Television 
COMM 330 — Theories and Research in 

Mass Communication 
PSCI 436 — Mass Media Law and Regulation 

STUDENTS MUST COMPLETE 

THE REQUIREMENTS OF 

ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TRACKS: 

I. Track I is designed to develop skills in 
research, newsgathering, and reporting for 
work in fields such as print journalism. 



II. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



broadcast journalism, communications 
research, public affairs, teaching, and 
writing and editing for private and public 
agencies. 

One course from each of the 
following groups: 

Cultural Issues 

AMST 200B — America as a Civilization 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

SOC 227 — Social Problems 

HIST 230 — Afro- American History 

HIST 310 — Women in History 

U.S. Government and History 

PSCI 110 — Government and Politics 
PSCI 111 — State and Local Government 
PHIL 1 15 — Philosophy and Public 

Policy 
HIST 126 — U.S. History, 1877-Present 
HIST 244 — 20th Century United States 

Two writing courses: 

COMM 329 — Broadcast Journalism or 
COMM 327 — Print Journalism and 
COMM 434 — Advanced Reporting 

One* of the following advanced 
production courses: 

COMM 218 — Radio Programming and 

Production 
COMM 224 — Television Programming 

and Production: EFP 

*Students may substitute Art 1 15 and 

Art 227 for one of the advanced production 

courses. 

Track II is designed to develop skills 
necessary to identify and communicate 
with defined audiences. It prepares 
students for work in fields such as public 
relations, corporate communications, 
advertising, marketing, and creative media 
production. 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



Bus 228, Marketing Principles, and 
one of the following methods courses: 

BUS 329 — Marketing Strategy 
BUS 332 — Advertising 
BUS 445 — Marketing Research 
ECON 229 — Business Cycles and 

Forecasting 
PSCI 448 — Public Opinion and 

Polling 
PSY 224 — Social Psychology 
SOC 224 — Rural and Urban 

Communities 

Two writing courses: 

COMM 323 — Writing for Special 

Audiences 
COMM 325 — Writing for Business 

and Public Relations 
ENGL 321 — Advanced Writing: 

Technical and Professional 

One* of the following advanced 
production courses: 

COMM 218 — Radio Programming and 
Production 

COMM 224 — Television 

Programming and 
Production: Studio 

*Students may substitute Art 115 and Art 
227 for one of the advanced production 
courses. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO MASS MEDIA 
A survey course that emphasizes the 
organizational structure and historical 
development of the mass media. Analysis 
of the mass media's impact on society; 
emphasis will be placed on the social, 
psychological, and political implications 
of the media's shaping influence on 
individuals and institutions. 



115 

BASIC MEDIA PRODUCTION 

An introduction to the fundamentals 
of production for electronic and print media. 
Emphasis on understanding the techniques 
used in creating messages for a variety of 
forms for both news and persuasive communi- 
cation. Application of techniques through 
campus media. 

211 

PRINCIPLES OF ORAL 
COMMUNICATION 

Study of rhetorical theory and the relation- 
ship between speaker, message, and audience. 
Practice in applying this theory in a variety of 
oral communication activities including 
interviewing, public speaking, and interper- 
sonal and multicultural communication. 
Prerequisite: English 106. 

215 

INTRODUCTION TO MEDIA WRITING 

Analysis of and practice in the basic 
forms of media writing: the elements of 
lead, style, and structure as applied to print 
and broadcast news and advertising and 
public relations. Frequent workshop sessions 
for detailed critiques and discussion of student 
writing. Prerequisite: English 106. 

218 

RADIO PROGRAMMING 

AND PRODUCTION 

Study of contemporary radio programming 
formats. Consideration given to program 
development and station management. 
Emphasis on producing various programming 
forms including news, public service an- 
nouncements, the interview, radio drama, and 
the live show. Students serve on the staff of 
WRLC. Prerequisites: Mass Communication 
115 and 2 15. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



224 

TELEVISION PROGRAMMING 
AND PRODUCTION: STUDIO/EFP 

Training in the process of designing, 
producing, and evaluating programs for 
television. Readings, lectures, demonstra- 
tions, and hands-on assignments. 

Studio: Study of dramatic and 
informational programming formats 
requiring multi-camera production and the 
use of studio equipment. Emphasis on 
producing forms such as the commercial, 
the music video, and television drama as 
well as the studio interview and the 
instructional program. 

Electronic Field Production (EFP): 

The elements of non-dramatic story 
construction, scripting, and single-camera 
shooting as applied to feature stories about 
people, places, and events on campus and 
in the Williamsport community. Prerequi- 
sites: Mass Communication 115 and 215 
or consent of the instructor. Taught 
alternately as Studio or EFP; may be 
repeated once as an elective. 

226 

LITERATURE, FILM AND TELEVISION 

Comparative study of the ways in which 
the media portray individuals, social conflicts, 
and human aspirations. Content analysis and 
examination of the formats and conventions 
associated with each medium to reveal the 
problems of adaptation. Particular emphasis 
on multicultural film and television. Prerequi- 
site: English 106. 

323 

WRITING FOR SPECIAL AUDIENCES 

Feature writing and persuasive 
writing to targeted audiences on topics 
related to the writer's interests and 
goals. Stories on special interest topics 
and writing for advertising and promotion 
will be covered. Fundamental methods of 



analyzing the needs and interests of publica- 
tions and readers will be considered. Read- 
ings, peer review, and training in how to 
develop ideas using primary and secondary 
research. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 
215 or another writing course numbered 200 
or above. 

325 

WRITING FOR BUSINESS AND 

PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Using writing to handle commimication 
and public relations problems that commonly 
occur in business. Emphasis on internal and 
external communications, including interna- 
tional relations. Readings, case studies, 
library research, oral reports, and group 
projects. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 
215 or senior standing. 

327 

PRINT JOURNALISM 

Study of, and practical experience in, the 
newsgathering process for print media. 
Emphasis on beat reporting, copy editing, 
interviewing, and reporting and writing 
conventional news stories. Students will 
submit work to The Lycourier. The course 
also considers ethical issues of news report- 
ing. Prerequisite: Mass Communication 215. 

329 

BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

Study of, and practical experience in, the 
newsgathering process for electronic media. 
Emphasis on covering the local story from the 
small-station perspective. Students in the 
course are responsible for writing, producing, 
editing, and broadcasting newscasts for 
WRLC-FM. The course also looks at the 
special ethical problems of electronic news 
coverage. Prerequisites: Mass Communica- 
tion 115 and Mass Communication 215. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MASS COMMUNICATION 



330 

THEORIES AND RESEARCH 
IN MASS COMMUNICATION 

An analysis of current theories dealing 
with mass communication systems and the 
behavior and attitudes of, and effects on, their 
audiences. Special emphasis on the interdisci- 
pUnary roots of the field and on an examina- 
tion of the current research methods. Students 
conduct original research. Prerequisite: Mass 
Communication 110 and Mass 
Communication 226. 

434 

ADVANCED REPORTING: 
ELECTRONIC/PRINT 

A workshop course with an emphasis on 
public affairs reporting at the local level. The 
course will investigate the process of report- 
ing on institutions. Emphasis on the use of 
documents and records in news-gathering and 



on in-depth reporting. Taught alternately with 
an electronic or print focus. Prerequisites: 
Mass Communication 327 or Mass Communi- 
cation 329. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their mass communication track. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the 
mass communication track of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

(See index) 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, 

Sprechini (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: DeSilva, Golshan, Weida 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Spickler 
Visiting Instructor: Schweinsberg 
Part-time Instructors: Davis, Abercrombie, 

Collins 

1 he Department of Mathematical 
Sciences offers major and minor programs in 
computer science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

i\ major in computer science consists of 11 
courses: Mathematics 1 16, 128, and 129, 
Computer Science 1 25, 246, 247, 32 1 , 344, 445, 
and two other computer science courses num- 
bered 320 or above. Recommended extradepart- 
mental courses: Philosophy 225 and Psychology 
337. In addition to the regularcourses listed below, 
special courses are occasionally available. 

The recommended schedule to enable a 
student to complete the computer science major 
in four years is as follows: 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR 125 

MATH 127, 128, or 129 

ENGL 106 * 

Spring 

CPTR 246* 

MATH 127, 128, or 129 

* CPTR 246 is often offered as a writing 
intensive course, and ENGL 106 is a prerequi- 
site to all writing intensive courses. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR 247 
MATH 116 
MATH 128 or 129 




Spring 

CPTR elective 
MATH 129 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR 344 or CPTR elective 
(MATH 1 30 recommended) 

Spring 

CPTR 445 or CPTR elective 
CPTR 321 or CPTR elective 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall 

CPTR 344 or CPTR elective 
(MATH 130 recommended) 

Spring 

CPTR 445 or CPTR elective 
CPTR 321 or CPTR elective 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Computer Science 
246 and 344. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as *'W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
Math 1 16, Computer Science 125, 246, 247, 
and two other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^h 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the MS-DOS environment. 
One-half unit. This course may not be used to 
meet distribution requirements. 

108 

MATHEMATICAL PROBLEM-SOLVING 
WITH MICROCOMPUTERS 

An introduction to the use of microcom- 
puter-based, integrated software in solving 
problems from mathematics and related areas. 
Included are uses of spreadsheet, database and 
graphics functions to analyze, solve, and 
display solutions to problems from the areas 
of number theory, algebra, geometry, statis- 
tics, and the mathematics of business and 
finance. Emphasis is given to the processes 
involved in mathematical modeling. Labora- 
tory experience is included using current 
software. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from Mathematics 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to programming. Topics 
include algorithms, program structure, and 
computer configuration. Laboratory experi- 
ence is included, most recently using Pascal. 
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
Mathematics 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF 
ADVANCED PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured programming, stepwise 
refinement, assertion proving, style, debug- 
ging, control structures, decision tables, finite 
state machines, recursion, and encoding. 
Utilities most recendy used include SVS 
Pascal, the UNIX operating system, C, and 
Shell programming. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C or better in Computer Science 125. 



247 

DATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and algorithms 
associated with data structures. Topics 
include representation of lists, trees, graphs 
and strings, algorithms for searching and 
sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C or better 
in Computer Science 246 or consent of 
instructor. Corequisite: Mathematics 116. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation of 
roots and functions, integration, systems of 
differential equations, linear systems, matrix 
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem. Pre- 
requisite: Computer Science 125 and Math- 
ematics 129; Mathematics 130 strongly recom- 
mended. Cross-listed as Mathematics 321. 

344 

MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of machine language program- 
ming; computer organization and representa- 
tion of numbers, strings, arrays, and list 
structures at the machine level; interrupt 
programming, relocatable code, linking load- 
ers; interfacing with operating systems. Pre- 
requisite: A grade ofC or better in Computer 
Science 246, Computer Science 247 strongly 
recommended. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional 
objects. Laboratory exercises will be de- 
signed to explore the capabilities of the 
graphics system and to test the students' 
understanding of the principles discussed in 
class. Prerequisite: Computer Science 246 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



and either Computer Science 247 or permis- 
sion of the instructor; Mathematics 130 
recommended. Alternate years. 

349 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

External storage structures, hashed files, 
indexed files; relational, network, and 
hierarchical data models; relational algebra 
and the relational calculus; design theory for 
relational databases; query optimization; 
concurrent operations; database protection. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247. 
Alternate years. 

445 

SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING 

The emphasis in this course is on the 
algorithms used in programming the various 
parts of a computer system. These parts 
include assemblers, loaders, editors, interrupt 
processors, input/output schedulers, processor 
and job schedulers, and memory managers. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247 and 344. 

446 

COMPILER CONSTRUCTION 

The emphasis in this course is on the 
construction of translators for programming 
languages. Topics include lexical analysis, 
block structure, grammars, parsing, program 
representation, and run-time organization. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 247. 
Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

J\ major in mathematics consists of 10 
unit courses in the mathematical sciences and 
four semesters of non-credit colloquia: 
Computer Science 125, Mathematics 128, 
129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 434, and two other 
mathematics courses numbered 220 or above, 
one of which may be replaced by Mathemat- 
ics 112, 1 16, or 214; four semesters of 
Mathematics 339 or 449 taken during the 
junior and senior years. 

The recommended schedule to enable a 
student to complete the mathematics major in 
four years is as follows: 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 127, 128, or 129 
(possibly CPTR 125) 

Spring 

MATH 128 or 129 
CPTR 125 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 129 or 238 
MATH 130 

Spring 

MATH 234 
MATH 238 

JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall 

MATH 432 or 434 
(possibly MATH elective *) 
MATH 339 

Spring 

MATH elective * 
if needed, CPTR 125 
MATH 339 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall 

MATH 432 or 434 
(possibly MATH elective *) 
MATH 339 

Spring 

if needed, MATH elective * 
ifneeded, CPTR125 
MATH 339 

* Candidates for secondary certification in 
Mathematics must complete MATH 330 and 
MATH 336 as MATH electives. 

Majors are required to attend the colloquia 
during their junior and senior years (339 and 
449 respectively). See the course description 
of Mathematics 339-449 for further informa- 
tion regarding the colloquium requirement. 

Students seeking secondary certification in 
mathematics are required to complete Math- 
ematics 330, 336, and either 103 or 332, and 
are advised to enroll in Philosophy 217. Also, 
all majors are advised to elect Philosophy 225 
and 333, Physics 225 and 226. 

In addition to the regular courses listed 
below, special courses are occasionally 
available. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: Mathematics 234. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of Math- 
ematics 128, 129, 234, 238, and two additional 
courses numbered 200 or above, one of which 
may be replaced with Mathematics 130. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 
A self-paced study of arithmetic and 
decimals, fractions, the real number line, 
factoring, solutions to linear and quadratic 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



equations, graphs of linear and quadratic 
functions, expressions with rational expo- 
nents, algebraic functions, exponential 
functions, and inequalities. This course is 
limited to students placed therein by the 
Mathematics Department. One-half unit of 
credit. 

103 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical 
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions, Central Limit 
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses 
tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests, 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes 
some use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from Mathematics 
100. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
nature of the subject allows questions to be 
posed in everyday language while still 
developing sophisticated mathematical 
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemp- 
tion from Mathematics 100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed Mathe- 
matics 128. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from Mathematics 100. 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear programming 
and voting models, and probabilistic models 
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemption from Mathematics 100. 

116 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. 
Topics include equivalence relations, parti- 
tions and quotient sets, mathematical induc- 
tion, recursive functions, elementary logic, 
discrete number systems, elementary combi- 
natorial theory, and general algebraic struc- 
tures emphasizing semi-groups, groups, 
lattices. Boolean algebras, graphs, and trees. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 or 
consent of instructor. 

Ill 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (Math 128- 129), 
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose 
major specifically requires Precalculus. 
Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption from 
Mathematics 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH 
ANALYTIC GEOMETRY I & II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and 
their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external 
problems, areas of plane regions, volumes of 



solids of revolution, and other applications; 
differentiation and integration of transcenden- 
tal functions, parametric equations, polar 
coordinates, infinite sequences and series, and 
series expansions of functions. Prerequisite 
for 128: E.xemption from or a grade ofC or 
better in Mathematics 127. Prerequisite for 
129: exemption from or a grade ofC or better 
in Mathematics 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes. infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of 
linear mappings. The fixed point problem. 
Special classes of matrices. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 127 or its equivalent. 

205 

MATHEMATICS IN 
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary school teachers and is required of 
all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include systems of numbers and 
numeration, computational algorithms, 
environmental and transformation geometry, 
measurement, and mathematical concept 
formation. Observation and participation in 
Greater Williamsport elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 338 cmd credit for 
or exemption from Mathematics 100. Core- 
quisite: Any education course numbered 341 
or above which is specifically required for 
elementary certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ing several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance. 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in 
Mathematics 103 or its equivalent. 

231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: 
A grade ofC or better in Mathematics 129; 
Mathematics 130 recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: Mathematics 
238. Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofCor better in Mathematics 129 or 130; 
both courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in 
multidimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, 
matrices; lines, planes, curves, surfaces; 
vector functions of a single variable, accelera- 



tion, curvature; functions for several vari- 
ables, gradient; line integrals, vector fields, 
multiple integrals, change of variable, areas, 
volumes; Green's theorem. Prerequisites: A 
grade ofCor better in Mathematics 129, and 
either Mathematics 130 or 231. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO 
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differ- 
ential equations, linear systems, matrix 
inversion, and the eigenvalue problem. 
Prerequisite: Computer Science 125 and 
Mathematics 129; Mathematics 130 strongly 
recommended. Cross-listed as Computer 
Science 321. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry, and an introduction to other 
geometries. Prerequisite: Mathematics 234. 
Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-II 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: Mathematics 238. 
Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe- 
matics that form the foundation of secondary 
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



familiarize the student with the various 
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova- 
tion within the existing curriculum, and to 
expand the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC or 
better in Mathematics 129; student must be 
junior or senior mathematics major enrolled 
in the secondary certification program. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, 
cooperative games, and multiperson games. 
Prerequisite: Mathematics 112 or Mathemat- 
ics 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: 
topology of the Euclidean plane, complete- 
ness, compactness, the Heine-Borel theorem; 
functions on Euclidean space, continuity, 
uniform continuity, differentiability; series 
and convergence; Riemann integral. Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics 238 and a grade of C 
or better in Mathematics 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: 
Mathematics 130 and a grade of C or better in 
Mathematics 234. 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 



designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students 
with more than the usual opportunity for 
concentrated and cooperative inquiry. Pre- 
requisite: Consent of instructor. One-half 
unit of credit. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

339 & 449 

MATHEMATICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
junior and senior mathematics majors offers 
students a chance to hear presentations on 
topics related to, but not directly covered in 
formal mathematics courses. Students are 
required to attend colloquia each semester of 
their junior (339) and senior (449) years. 
Mathematics majors must present two lectures, 
one during the junior year and one during the 
senior year. A letter grade will be given in 
semesters in which the student gives a 
presentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Seniors are strongly encouraged to give their 
presentations during the fall semester. Students 
applying for the professional semester in 
education are required to give the first presenta- 
tion before the eighth week of the fall semester 
of their junior year, and the second presenta- 
tion before the eighth week of the fall semester 
of their senior year. With Departmental 
approval, students will be required to take three 
semesters of 339 or 449; such approval is 
granted only in extraordinary circumstances 
and will require the student to give one 
presentation in each of the three semesters. 
Noncredit course. One hour per week. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MILITARY SCIENCE 




MILITARY 
SCIENCE (ML so 

1 he U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to 
Lycoming College students in cooperation 
with Bucknell University. The introductory 
courses are taught on Lycoming's campus and 
the program provides transportation to 
Bucknell University for the advanced courses. 
Details of the ROTC program can be found on 
page 47. 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with the 
Army as a potential employer after gradu- 
ation. Students will learn about the Army's 
history, organization, equipment, and role in 
the nation. Students will also learn some 
fundamental military skills, customs, and 
traditions. No credit. 



012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills 
learned in the previous semester. Several 
classes will be held at the rifle range to 
develop marksmanship skills. There will also 
be training in radio communication and first 
aid skills. No credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
association. There will also be some instruc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MILITARY SCIENCE • MUSIC 



meriting decisions, motivation and supervi- 
sion. The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in 
the ROTC organization and plans and 
organizes several major training activities. 
Course work includes delegating and con- 
trolling, setting objectives, making leadership 
assessments, counseling, supervising, and 
evaluating. No credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. No credit. 




MUSIC (Mus) 



Associate Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), 

Thayer 
Assistant Professor: Janda 
Part-time Instructors: Bailey, Bertrand, 

Campbell, J. Clark, Degillio, Fairchild. 

Flanagan, Gallup, Grube, Horrax, Lakey, 

Lassiter, Leidhecker, Mitchell, Muzzo, 

Russell 

1 he music major is required to take a 
balanced program of music theory, history, 
applied music, and ensemble. A minimum of 
eight courses (exclusive of all ensemble, 
applied music and instrumental and vocal 
methods courses) is required and must include 
Music 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 221. 335, and 336. Each 
major must participate in an ensemble (Music 
167, 168, and/or 169) and take one hour of 
applied music per week for a minimum of four 
semesters including the entire period in which 
the individual is registered as a music major 
(see Music 160-169). The major must include 
at least one-half hour of piano in the applied 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



program unless a piano proficiency test is 
requested and passed. Anyone declaring 
music as a second major must do so by the 
beginning of the junior year. 

Music majors seeking certification in music 
education (K-12) must also take Psychology 
1 10 and 338; Education 200 and the Profes- 
sional Semester; Music 261-7, 332, 333, 334, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 
department as soon as possible, preferably 
before scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
non-majors select courses from the following 
list to meet distribution requirements: Music 
1 16, 1 17, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied 
music and ensemble courses may also be used 
to meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
majors and other students qualified in perfor- 
mance may present formal recitals. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: Music 336. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

110-111 

MUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for 
students who have some music-reading 
ability, which examines the fundamental 
components and theoretical concepts of 
music. Students develop musicianship 
through application of applied skills. Prereq- 
uisite to Music 111: Music 110. 

116 

INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and 
techniques of music. Examples drawn from 
various periods and styles are designed to 
enhance perception and appreciation through 
careful and informed listening. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



117 

SURVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
Western civilization from Middle Ages to the 
present. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader culture 
of each major era. 

128 

AMERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of Ameri- 
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the 
present. Categories to be covered are folk music 
ofdifferent origins, the development of show 
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert 
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and 
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to 
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
Music 136: Music 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for Theatre 
135-136 or Theatre 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de 
fot/rof 17th century France to the present with 
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien, 
Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half unit of 
credit. Not open to students who have received 
credit for Theatre 137 or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: Music 1 37 or consent 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 



of instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not 
open to students who have received credit for 
Theatre 137 or 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: Music 111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 
The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital 
synthesizers in combination with sequencing 
computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: Music 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, 
and contemporary. 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for Music 235: Music 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
Music 236: Music 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for Theatre 
135-136 or Theatre 235-236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and 
non-majors who wish to explore their com- 
posing abilities. Guided individual projects in 
smaller instrumental and vocal forms, together 
with identification and use of techniques 
employed by the major composers of the 20th 
century. Prerequisite: Music 1 1 1 or consent 
of instructor. 

332 

TEACHING MUSIC IN THE SCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
in the schools with emphasis on curriculum 
development and procedures for choral and 
instrumental ensembles at the elementary and 
secondary levels. Course work will include 
observation of music classes in elementary 
and secondary schools in the Greater Wil- 
liamsport area. Alternate years. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience. Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical develop- 
ment, rehearsal technique, and stylistic 
integrity. Prerequisite: Music 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive, 
and informed conducting. Other areas such as 
the development of rehearsal techniques and 
improvement of aural skills will be addressed on 
a continual basis. Prerequisite: Music 1 10-1 11 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval. 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras. 

336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modem eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instmments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instrumen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisite: Music 110-1 11 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
style of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instmmental and vocal 
forms, together with analysis of selected 
works from the 20th century repertory. 
Prerequisite: Music 330 or consent of 
instructor. 



445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 

The intensive study of a selected area of 
music literature, designed to develop research 
techniques in music. The topic is announced 
at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1900-1914. Prerequisite: Music 1 16, 117 or 
221 or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. Music 446 may 
substitute for one hour of applied music 
(Music 160-166). Prerequisite: Approval by 
the department. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

1 he study of performance in piano, 
harpsichord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, 
brass, woodwinds, and percussion is designed 
to develop sound technique and a knowledge 
of the appropriate literature for the instmment. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 

Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is eamed on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One 
half-hour lesson per week earns one half-hour 
credit. Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if 
the student enrolls for one or two ensembles 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MUSIC 



(for more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be sub- 
stituted for an academic course, but should be 
taken in addition to the normal four academic 
courses. 

Extra fees apply for private lessons (Music 
1 60- 1 66) as follows: $ 1 75 per semester for a 
half-hour lesson per week. $350 per semester 
for a one hour lesson per week. Private lessons 
are given for 13 weeks. 160 Piano or Harpsichord, 
161 Voice, 162 Strings or Guitar, 163 Organ, 
164 Brass, 1 65 Woodwinds, 166 Percussion. 

167 

ORCHESTRAL ENSEMBLE 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this regional 
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is 
contingent upon audition and the availability of 
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in orchestra only 
should register for Music 167B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two en- 
sembles, choosing either Choir or Concert 
Band as the second group. Such a student will 
then register for Music 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) 
plus either Music 168A ( 1/2 hour credit) or 
Music 1 69 A ( 1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHORAL ENSEMBLE (CHOIR) 

Participation in the College Choir is de- 
signed to enable any student possessing at least 
average talent an opportunity to study choral 
technique. Emphasis is placed upon acquain- 
tance with choral literature, tone production, 
diction, and phrasing. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir 
only should register for Music 168B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two en- 
sembles, choosing either Orchestra or Concert 
Band as the second group. Such a student will 



then register for Music 1 68 A ( 1 /2 hour credit) 
plus either Music 1 67 A (1/2 hour credit) or 
Music 169A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has 
auditioned and been selected for the twenty- 
voice Chamber Choir (no credit available), he/ 
she should register for Music 1 68C. 

169 

CONCERT BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and 
develop personal musicianship through 
participation in group instrumental activity. 
Students are allowed a maximum of one hour 
of Ensemble credit per semester. A student 
who is enrolled in Band only should register 
for Music 169B (one hour credit). A student 
may belong to two ensembles, choosing either 
Orchestra or Choir as the second group. Such 
a student will then register for Music 169A 
(1/2 hour credit) plus either Music 167 A ( 1/2 
hour credit) or Music 168 A (1/2 hour credit). 

INSTRUMENTAL AND 
VOCAL METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes are 
designed to provide students seeking certifica- 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with 
fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUSIC 261 — Brass Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUSIC 262 — Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUSIC 263, 264 — String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
Music 265 — Vocal Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUSIC 266, 267 — Woodwind Methods I 
and II (one hour credit 
each) 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NEAR EAST CULTURE AND ARCHAEOLOGY 




^"-^^mscsr ■ 



NEAR EAST CULTURE 
AND ARCHAEOLOGY 

Professor: Guerra (Coordinator) 

1 he Near East culture and archaeology 
interdisciplinary major is designed to acquaint 
students with the "cradle of Western civiliza- 
tion," both in its ancient and modem aspects. 
Majors will complete a minimum of eight to 
ten courses related to the Near East. 

Required courses are described in their 
departmental sections and include: 
1 . Four courses in language and culture from: 
History and Culture of the Ancient 
Near East (Religion 228) 
History of Art (Art 222) 
Ancient History (History 210) 
Old Testament Faith and History (Religion 1 13) 
Judaism and Islam (Religion 224) 
Two semesters of foreign language (He- 
brew 101-102, or Greek 101-102) 



2. Two courses in archaeology from: 
Biblical Archaeology (Religion 226) 
special archaeology courses, such as 
independent studies or May or summer 
terms in the Near East. 

3 . Two courses in the cooperating departments 
(art, history , political science, religion and 
sociology-anthropology) or related depart- 
ments. These two courses, usually taken in the 
juniororsenioryears, can be independent 
study . Topics should be related either to the 
ancient or the modem Near East and must be 
approved in advance by the committee super- 
vising the interdisciplinary program. The 
study ofmodem Arabic or Hebrew is encour- 
aged. 

Other courses may be suggested by the 
supervisory committee within the limits of a 10- 
course major. The number of courses taken 
within this program applicable toward fulfilling 
the College distribution requirements will vary 
according to the selection of courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



NURSING (NURS) 

Associate Professors: Parrish (Chairperson). 
Pagana 

Assistant Professors: Ficca, Gray-Vickrey, 

Instructor: Ingram 

Part-time Instructors: Doyle, McKeegan, Miller, 
Roberson, Hepburn-Smith, Turkewitz, 
Wenzler, Wilgar-Jones, Zbornay- Watts 

Otudents wishing to major in nursing will be 
admitted to the College under the usual 
admission procedures. Freshmen should follow 
the nursing curriculum plan for the freshman 
year in the sequence designated. To be consid- 
ered for continuation in nursing, a minimum 
GPA of 2.5 is required at completion of the 
freshman year. A supplementary application 
should be submitted to the Department of 
Nursing by January 30 of the freshman year. 

Registered Nurses 

1 he Department of Nursing offers an 
alternative curriculum for registered nurses 
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals 
of this alternative curriculum are to provide 
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn 
an educationally sound B.S.N, degree while 
completing the degree requirements in as short 
a time period as possible, and to meet the 
unique needs of registered nurses. Nursing 
300 and 3 10 are open only to registered nurses 
and are required as part of the alternative 
curriculum. Registered nurses may challenge 
for credit the following nursing courses: 
Nursing 220, the skills component of Nursing 
22 1 , the obstetrical component of Nursing 330, 
33 1 , 332, 333, 337, 338 and 440. For success- 
ful challenge of any clinical nursing course by 
registered nurses, a grade of C- or better is 
required; that is, 70% or 1 .67 is required in 
both the theoretical and clinical components of 
the course. 

In addition, registered nurses in this program 
may challenge for credit any required non- 
nursing course provided that they obtain the 




permission of both the Department of Nursing 
and the department in which that course is 
offered. These examinations may not be 
available for every required course. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking the B.S.N, is available from 
the Department of Nursing. Individual 
advising is offered to all registered nurses. 

Second Degree Students 

1 he Department of Nursing offers a 
unique opportunity for individuals who have 
already earned a baccalaureate degree in 
another discipline to complete the require- 
ments for a B.S.N in 18 months. Students 
interested in pursuing this fastrack program 
must complete the liberal arts and general 
science requirements prior to beginning this 
18 month clinical track. 

Applications are accepted throughout the 
academic year with clinical nursing courses 
beginning in Summer Session II. Individual- 
ized advisement is available on an ongoing 
basis through the Department of Nursing. 

Clinical Learning Resources 

In addition to the College's modern, well- 
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with 
Critical Care Unit and interactive video 
technology, opportunity for self-learning is 
provided in the adjacent Learning Center 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



which is equipped with electronic study 
carrels and audio-visual materials. 

A wide variety of health-care agencies in 
the surrounding area is utilized for clinical 
experiences. Cooperating hospitals and 
agencies include: Divine Providence Hospi- 
tal, Williamsport Hospital and Medical 
Center, Evangelical Hospital, Geisinger 
Medical Center, Leader Nursing Home and 
Rehabilitation Center, Danville State Hospital, 
Pennsylvania Department of Health, Regional 
Home Health Services, Rose View Manor, 
and The Williamsport Home. 

Expenses of the Nursing Program 

O tudents are responsible for their own 
transportation to assigned clinical areas. The 
student of nursing assumes all financial obliga- 
tions listed in the section on fees in this bulletin 
including a $40 lab fee for each of the clinical 
nursing courses (Nursing 22 1 , 3 1 0, 330, 33 1 , 
332, 333, 440, and 44 1 ). Additional expenses 
include uniforms, name pin, watch with second 
hand, bandage scissors, stethoscope, blood 
pressure cuff, liability insurance, annual health 
examinations, and standardized achievement 
tests. 

Students must also maintain annual Health 
Provider CPR certification as offered by the 
American Heart Association or American Red 
Cross. 

Major in Nursing 

1 he major in nursing consists of: Nurs- 
ing 220, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 336, 337, 
338, 435, 440, 441, 442, and nursing elective 
(422, 424, 430, or 443) or N80-N89. In 
addition, the following are prerequisites for 
specific nursing courses: Chemistry 108, 115; 
Biology 113-1 14, 226; Psychology 1 10, 1 17; 
Mathematics 103, and Computer Science 
elective CPTR 108, 125, or Math 214. The 
religion/philosophy distribution requirement 
is met by the required courses: Philosophy 
219 and Religion 120. The history /social 



science distribution requirement is met by the 
required courses: Psychology 1 10 and 1 17. 
In addition, the student is required to take one 
course from among Sociology/Anthropology 
1 10, 114, 220, 222, 224, 227, 228, 229, 331, 
334, and 335. The fine arts/foreign language 
distribution requirement can be met by two 
courses in one department from among art, 
literature, music, or theatre; or by two courses 
in foreign language on the intermediate or 
higher course level. 

The following course has been approved to 
be offered as a writing intensive course and 
may be offered as such: Nursing 435. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

School Nurse Certification 

1 he Department of Nursing, in collabora- 
tion with the Department of Education, offers 
an additional cuniculum for the Registered 
Nurse with a Bachelor's degree (or a Lycoming 
College nursing student) who wishes to be 
certified as a school nurse. The goal of this 
program is to provide the RN with a Bachelor's 
degree an opportunity for career mobility. 
Courses required for completion of the 
certification program consist of: Education 
200 and 239, Philosophy 217, Psychology 338, 
and Nursing 422, 424, 430, and 43 1. In 
addition, the following are prerequisites for 
specific courses: Psychology 1 10 and 1 17, 
Sociology****, and Nursing 220. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking School Nurse Certification is 
available from the Department of Nursing. 
Individualized advising is offered to all 
prospective School Nurse candidates. 

Policies Specific to Nursing 

In addition to the Lycoming College 
continuance policies, the following policies 
are specific to all declared majors in the 
Department of Nursing: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all 
clinical nursing courses to continue in the 
nursing program. These courses are Nursing 
22 1,3 10, 330, 33 1,332, 333, 440, and 441. 
Students who earn a grade of less than 70 
percent or 1 .67 in either the theoretical or 
clinical component of a nursing course will be 
required to repeat both components of the 
course before being permitted to continue in the 
nursing sequence. 

2. Policies regarding absence from classes or 
from the clinical portion of nursing courses are 
determined by the instructor(s) responsible for 
the course. No absence from the clinical portion 
of the course will be excused other than for 
illness or family emergency. In individual 
cases, students may make arrangements with 
instructors to be excused for extracurricular 
activities. Excessive absence for any reason 
will necessitate repeating the entire course. 



Typical Plan of Study for B.S.N. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall 

CHEM 108* Inorganic Chemistry 

ENGL 106 Composition 

PSY 110* Intro to Psych 

Fine Arts/Lang 

PH ED 



Units 



Spring 

CHEM 115* Brief Organic Chemistry 

ENGL Elective 

PSY 1 17* Developmental Psych 

Fine Arts/Lang 

PH ED 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 
Fall 

BIO 1 13 Anatomy and Physiology 1 

Computer Science Elective** 1 

NURS 220 Concepts of Nutrition in 

Family Health 0.75 

REL 120 Death and Dying 1 

3?75 



Spring Units 

BIO 1 14 Anatomy and Physiology 1 

MATH 103 Intro, to Statistics 1 

BIO 226 Microbiology for Health 

Sciences 1 

NURS 22 1 Foundations of Professional 

Practice 1 .25 

425 
JUNIOR YEAR 
Fall 
NURS 330 Nursing Care of the 

Developing Family I 1 .5 

NURS 332 Nursing Care of the 

Adult 1 1.5 

NURS 337 Basic Concepts of 
Pharmacology and 

Therapeutics I 5 



3.5 
Spring 

NURS 331 Nursing Care of the 

Developing Family I 1.5 

NURS 333 Nursing Care of the 

Adult II 1.5 

NURS 338 Pharmacology and 

Therapeutics II 5 

3.5 
May Term 
NURS 336 The Nurse in the Social 

System 1 

SENIOR YEAR 
Fall 

NURS 435 Nursing Research I 

NURS 440 Nursing Care of the 
Emotionally Troubled 

Individual & Family 1.5 

Nursing Elective*** 0.5 

Guided Elective**** 1 

4 
Spring 
NURS 441 Comprehensive Nursing Care . .1.5 

NURS 442 Professional Issues 0.5 

PHIL 219 Ethical Issues in Biology 

and Medicine 1 

Elective 1 



•"Prerequisite to Sophomore year. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



**Student must select one course from CPTR 108, 125, 
or Math 214. 

***Student must select one course from NURS 422, 424, 
430, 443, or N80-89. 

****Student must select one course from SOC 110, 114, 
220, 222, 224, 227, 228, 229, 331. 334, or 335. Other 
courses may be approved on an individual basis. 

Requirement for graduation is 32 units (128 
credits). The student may take additional units 
for electives, independent study, and/or honors. 

220 

CONCEPTS OF NUTRITION 

IN FAMILY HEALTH 

Essentials of normal nutrition and their 
relationship to the health of individuals and 
families. These concepts serve as a basis for 
the development of an understanding of 
therapeutic application of dietary principles 
and the health professional's role and respon- 
sibility in this facet of client care. Three 
hours of lecture. 3/4 unit. Prerequisites: 
Chemistry 108, 115, or consent of instructor. 
Open to non-nursing majors. 

Ill 

FOUNDATIONS OF PROFESSIONAL 
NURSING PRACTICE 

Introduction of major theoretical elements 
underlying professional nursing practice. 
Focus on the concept of health and common 
health problems recognizing the multi- 
directional influence of the individual, family, 
and environment. In this first clinical course, 
the student will utilize the nursing process in 
assisting clients to attain a maximum level of 
functioning. Three hours of lecture and five 
hours clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prereq- 
uisites: Chemistry 108, 115, Nursing 220, and 
Biology 113. Open to nursing majors only. 

300 

THEORETICAL FOUNDATIONS 
OF PROFESSIONAL NURSING 

Theoretical concepts underlying profes- 
sional practice. Additional focus on health 
and common health problems, recognition of 
multi-directional influence of the individual, 
family, and environment. Two hour seminar. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



1/2 unit. Prerequisites: Successful comple- 
tion of Nursing 221 challenge examination; 
CHEM 108, 115; PSYCH 110, 117; BIO 113. 
OPEN TO RNs ONLY. 

310 

PROCESSES ESSENTIAL 
TO NURSING PRACTICE 

Clinical course focusing on the incorpora- 
tion of nursing, group, interpersonal, and 
change processes; therapeutic communication, 
family, health promotion and community 
concepts, physical assessment, collaboration, 
and teaching/learning principles in the 
community setting. 3/4 unit. Prerequisites: 
Successful completion of Nursing 330 and 
Nursing 332 challenge exams, BIO 1 14, and 
BIO 226. OPEN TO RNs ONLY. 

330-331 

NURSING CARE OF THE 
DEVELOPING FAMILY 

Examination of health and nursing needs of 
beginning and developing families. Initial 
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and 
infants within the family unit as well as the 
common health problems of children through 
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing 
needs of children and mothers with health 
problems of acute and long term nature, the 
influence of illness on their development and 
the effect of illness on the family. Emphasis 
placed on physical assessment skills through- 
out the lifespan with adequate practice time in 
the skills and clinical laboratories. Three 
hours of lecture, 7 1/2 hours clinical laborato- 
ry, 1 hour for 330 and 2 hours for 331 health 
assessment content. 1 1/2 Units each. Prereq- 
uisite for Nursing 330: Nursing 221, Biology 
114, 226. Corequisite: Nursing 337. Prerequi- 
site for Nursing 331: Nursing 330 and 337. 
Corequisite: Nursing 338. 

332-333 

NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT 

Identification of adult health care needs 
and implementation of nursing activities 
based on an understanding of growth and 
development, pathophysiology, communica- 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 



tion skills, interpersonal dynamics, and 
psychosocial interventions. Three hours of 
lecture, 7 1/2 hours clinical laboratory, I 
hour for 332 and 2 hours for 333 health 
assessment content. 1 1/2 units each. Prereq- 
uisite for Nursing 332: Nursing 221, Biology 
1 14 and 226. Corequisite: Nursing 337. 
Prerequisite for Nursing 333: Nursing 332 
and 337. Corequisite: Nursing 338. 

336 

THE NURSE IN THE SOCIAL SYSTEM 

Seminar discussions and clinical laboratory 
using the hospital as a prototype. Theories of 
social systems. Examination of induction into 
the hospital system. Evaluation of standards 
of care. Focus on utilization of change 
theory. Twelve hours of lecture and 96 hours 
of clinical laboratory. 1 unit. Prerequisites: 
Nursing 331, 333, 334. Required for the 
nursing major and offered only in May term. 

337-338 

BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY 

AND THERAPEUTICS I and II 

Fundamentals of pharmacology and 
therapeutics are presented for the various 
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco- 
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi- 
cal and physiological processes. Interactions 
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are 
reviewed. Two hours of lecture. One-half 
un it of credit each. Corequisite for Nursing 
337: Nursing 330, 332 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Corequisite for Nursing 338: Nursing 
331, 333 or consent of instructor. Open to 
non-nursing majors with appropriate science 
background, corequisites waived for non- 
majors. 

422 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

Examination of learning theories appropri- 
ate to all age groups. Discussion of the 
concepts and techniques necessary for 
assessment, planning, implementation, and 
evaluation of the teaching/learning process. 
Emphasis will be placed on self care. Two 



hour lecture for 1/2 unit. Required for school 
nurse candidates. Prerequisite: Senior 
standing or consent of instructor. 

423 

HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL 

Clinical practice includes teaching experi- 
ence in the public school system. This practice 
results in a culmination of the theoretical 
content contained in NURS 422. Five hour 
clinical laboratoiy for 1/2 unit. Required for 
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of 
advanced assessment techniques with an 
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning 
experiences are provided to develop a 
systematic approach to physical assessment. 
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on 
the wellness component of physical assess- 
ment with reference to major health devia- 
tions. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit. 
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of 
instructor. 

425 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 
CLINICAL LABORATORY 

A clinical laboratory that allows additional 
practice for the student enrolled in Nursing 
424. Five hours clinical laboratoiy for 1/2 
unit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent 
of instructor. 

430 

COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING 

Overview of the role of the community 
health nurse in a variety of settings, e.g., 
industries, state health clinics, MHMR, school 
systems. Discussion of wellness promotion, 
availability of community resources, environ- 
mental health, prevention and treatment of 
communicable diseases, and group process 
with emphasis on communication skills. Two 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



hour lecture for 1/2 unit. Two hour lecture 
and a 5 hour clinical laboratory for 1 unit. 
School Nurse candidates must take the 
equivalent of one unit course. Prerequisite: 
Senior standing or consent of the instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM 

Essentials of school health, school nursing, 
and health promotion. These concepts serve 
as a basis for the development of an under- 
standing of the role of the school with the 
opportunity to function in the role of the 
school nurse. It is a course built on the 
culmination of knowledge obtained in 
previous nursing courses and nursing experi- 
ences. 210 hours clinical and seminar. 
Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL NURSE 
CANDIDATES who have met all other 
requirements for certification and have 
obtained departmental approval. 

435 

RESEARCH IN NURSING 

Expansion of theoretical basis of research 
methodology with emphasis on analyzing, 
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research. 
Development of a research proposal focusing 
on a nursing problem. Four hours of lecture. 
1 unit. Prerequisites: Mathematics 103, 
Computer Science elective, and Nursing 
330 and 332 or consent of instructor. Open to 
non-nursing majors. 

440 

NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY 
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 
Examination of disturbed human relation- 
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal, 
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on 
advanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships 
within the context of family, community, and 
health care systems. Three hours of lecture 
and 7 1/2 hours clinical laboratory. 1 1/2 
units. Prerequisite: Nursing 331, 333, 336. 



441 

COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE 

Culminating nursing course with focus on 
leadership and management skills in a choice 
of clinical settings. Seminars provide 
opportunities for students to share common- 
alities and unique aspects of professional 
practice. Three hours of lecture and 7 1/2 
hours of clinical laboratory. J 1/2 units. 
Prerequisite: Nursing 336, 440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 

An analysis of nursing issues in the context 
of the historical background of the profession, 
the social forces which influence nursing, and 
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour 
seminar. 1/2 unit. Prerequisite: Senior 
standing or consent of instructor. 

443 

TOPICS IN NURSING 

Selected topic courses in nursing designed 
to permit students to pursue subjects which, 
because of their specialized nature, may not 
be offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit. 
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of 
instructor. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING 

An opportunity to develop and implement 
an individual plan of study under faculty 
guidance. 1/2 unit. Prerequisite: Senior 
standing or consent of chairperson. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



PHILOSOPHY 



(PHIL) 



Professor: Whelan 

Associate Professor: Griffith 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

1 he study of philosophy develops a 
critical understanding of the basic concepts 
and presuppositions around which we 
organize our thought in science, religion, 
education, morality, the arts, and other human 
enterprises. 

A major in philosophy, together with 
appropriate other courses, can provide an 
excellent preparation for policy-making 
positions of many kinds, for graduate study in 
several fields, and for careers in education, 
law, and the ministry. The major in philoso- 
phy consists of eight courses numbered 1 14 
or above, including 301, 302, 449, and at least 
three other courses numbered 225 or above. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Philosophy 216, 219, 
301, 332, and 333. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 

Minor 

A minor in philosophy consists of any four 
philosophy courses numbered 220 or above; or 
any five philosophy courses numbered 1 14 or 
above, three of which must be numbered 225 
or above. Three more specialized minors are 
also available: a minor in the History of 
Philosophy consists of four courses from 
Philosophy 223, 224, 301, 302, 400, 449 and 
Independent Studies; a minor in Philosophy 
and Science consists of four courses from 
Philosophy 223, 225, 331, 333, 400, 449 and 
Independent Studies; a minor in Philosophy 
and Law consists of four courses from Philoso- 
phy 224, 225, 334, 335, 400, 449 and Indepen- 
dent Studies or five courses including any three 
courses from the preceding list and two courses 
from Philosophy 1 15, 216, 218, 219. Since 




topics in Philosophy 400, 449 and Indepen- 
dent Study vary, these courses may be used to 
count toward a specialized minor only if they 
are approved by the department. 

105 

PRACTICAL REASONING 

A general introduction to topics in logic 
and their application to practical reasoning, 
with primary emphasis on detecting fallacies, 
evaluating inductive reasoning, and under- 
standing the rudiments of scientific method. 
Not open to students who have completed two 
courses in philosophy. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience 
to the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
students who have completed two courses in 
philosophy. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 
the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of 
fair distribution of goods and opportunities, 
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to 
business practice. Discussion centers on some 
of the suggestions philosophers have made 
about how to deal with these issues. Not open 
to students who have completed two courses 
in philosophy. 

117 

PHILOSOPHY AND 
SUPERNATURAL PHENOMENA 

A critical examination of the philosophical 
issues raised by near-death and out-of- body 
experiences, ESP, time travel, reports of ghosts 
and spirits, astrology, prophecy, demon pos- 
session, faith healing, miracles, psychokinesis, 
andihQlike. Offered May andSummertenris only. 

216 

ETHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a variety of moral problems that arise 
concerning the American business system. 
Included are a systematic consideration of 
typical moral problems faced by individuals 
and an examination of common moral 
criticisms of the business system itself. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 

IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 
indoctrination different? What is a liberal 



education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 

IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

An introductory examination of various 
philosophical issues and concepts which are 
of special importance in legal contexts. 
Discussion includes both general topics, such 
as the justification of punishment, and more 
specific topics, such as the insanity defense 
and the rights of the accused. Readings 
are arranged topically and include both 
classical and contemporary sources. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

220 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between the 
mind and the body, the nature and limits of 
human knowledge, arguments about the 
existence of God, and the problem of personal 
identity. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
interaction between philosophy and science in 
formulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 
Alternate years. 

224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from 
Socrates to Marx. Special attention is paid to 
the relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. Alternate years. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modem symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the 
logic of propositional functions, and deduc- 
tive systems. Attention is also given to 
various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 

301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor. 

302 

EARLY MODERN PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the Continental 
Rationalists (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the 
British Empiricists (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), 
and Kant. Prerequisite: Two courses in 
philosophy or consent of instructor. 



331 

PHILOSOPHY AND HUMAN NATURE 

An examination of a variety of classical 
and contemporary philosophical questions 
about human nature. Among the questions 
typically considered are these: Is there such a 
thing as human nature? Are human beings 
different, in any fundamental way, from other 
animals? Are human beings free? Is human 
consciousness just a brain process? Are 
human beings inherently predisposed to evil? 
Are human beings biologically determined to 
be selfish or aggressive? Are the differences 
in achievement between men and women 
biologically based? Prerequisite: Students 
without previous study in philosophy must 
have instructor's permission. Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of 
religious discourse, arguments for and against 
the existence of God, and the relation between 
religion and science. Readings from classical 
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have instructor's permission. Alternate 
years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically 
important conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 
importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
instructor's permission. Alternate years. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY • PHYSICS 



334 

CONTEMPORARY 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

A systematic philosophical investigation of 
the relation between human nature and the 
proper social and political order. Topics 
studied include the purpose of government, 
the nature of legitimate authority, the founda- 
tion of human rights, and the limits of human 
freedom. Emphasis is placed on the logic of 
social and political thought and on the 
analysis of basic principles and concepts. 
Prerequisite: Students without previous 
study in philosophy must have instructor's 
permission. Alternate years. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry concerning the grounds which 
distinguish morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to the course is critical 
consideration of the proposals and the 
rationales of relativists, egoists, utilitarians, 
and other ethical theorists. Various topics in 
metaethics are also included. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have instructor' s permission. 

400 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 

A course which instructs students in 
philosophical research and the preparation of 
papers suitable for reading at undergraduate 
conferences or submission to undergraduate 
philosophical journals. Prerequisite: Consent 
of instructor. Offered May and Summer terms 
only. 

449 

DEPARTMENTAL SEMINAR 

An investigation carried on by discussions 
and papers, into one philosophical problem, 
text, philosopher, or movement. A different 
topic is selected each semester. Recent topics 
include artificial intelligence, the 



ethics of research on human subjects, life after 
death, personal identity, and human rights. 
This seminar is designed to provide junior and 
senior philosophy majors and other qualified 
students with more than the usual opportunity 
for concentrated and cooperative inquiry. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. This 
seminar may be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 





■*v 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION (PH ED) 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 

ATHLETIC TRAINING 
INTERNSHIP (A T) 

J_-/ycoming College established an 
apprenticeship program in 1979 after recog- 
nizing two conditions: the importance of the 
care and prevention of athletic injuries by 
trained professionals, and the career's 
promising growth potential. 

To complete the internship students are 
required to take the four courses below as 
well as Biology 1 13 & 114 and Nursing 220. 
Students also are required to undergo practical 
work under the supervision of Lycoming's 
certified athletic trainer. Students are offi- 
cially accepted into the Internship program 
after successful completion of the first year of 
practical work and Athletic Training 1 10. 



Students who finish the Internship program 
become eligible to participate in the National 
Athletic Trainers Association (N.A.T.A.) 
Certification examination to earn the status of 
an N.A.T.A. certified trainer. This Internship 
program also allows the passing students to 
qualify for the State examination to become 
Class B athletic trainers under Pennsylvania 
Act 63 P.S.S1310.1. Students interested in 
this program should contact the Physical 
Education Department. 

Athletic training classes do not count 
toward fulfilling graduation requirements 
except as the physical education requirements 
of two courses. 

110 

BASIC ATHLETIC TRAINING 

Covers the basics in prevention, evalu- 
ation, treatment, and rehabilitation of athletic 
injuries. Two lectures, one lab per week. 
Three credit hours. Prerequisite: CPR 
certification and Basic First Aid certification. 

215 

ANALYSIS OF HUMAN MOVEMENT 

Basic concepts of Kinesiology, the study 
of human movement, and Biomechanics, the 
study of mechanical aspects of human 
movement. Three lectures per week, project. 
Three credit hours. Prerequisite: Biology 
113 & 114. 

310 

ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING 

A more in-depth course in injury evalu- 
ation, rehabilitation, and therapeutic modali- 
ties. Three lectures per week. Three credit 
hours. Prerequisite: A.T. 110. 

410 

EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 

The study of the effects of exercise on the 
human body. Two lectures and one lab per 
week. Three credit hours. Prerequisite: 
Instructor approval. Alternate years. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION • POLITICAL SCIENCE 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION (PH ED) 

101 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Coeducational physical education classes. 
Basic instructions in fundamentals, know- 
ledge, and appreciation of sports that include 
swimming, tennis, volleyball, archery, soccer, 
golf, badminton, physical fitness, and 
other activities. Backpacking, cross-country 
and alpine skiing, jogging, modem dance, and 
cycling are offered on a contract basis. 
Students may select any activity offered. A 
reasonable degree of proficiency is required in 
the activities. Emphasis is on the potential 
use of activities as recreational and leisure- 
time interests. Two semesters of physical 
education (two hours per week) are required. 
All physical education classes are open to 
men and women. 



POLITICAL 

SCIENCE (psci) 

Professors: Giglio, Roskin 
Part-time Instructor: Wolf 

1 he major is designed to provide a system- 
atic understanding of government and politics 
at the international, national, state, and local 
levels. Majors are encouraged to develop their 
skills to make independent, objective analyses 
which can be applied to the broad spectrum of 
the social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major 
can provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative work 
in federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
tional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach secon- 
dary school social studies may major in 
political science but should consult their 
advisors and the education department. 

A major consists of eight political science 
courses, including Political Science 106. 
Prospective majors are encouraged to register 
for this course during their freshmen year. An 
exemption will be granted only if it strengthens 
the student's program. In addition to 106, 
students must take at least one course in each of 
five areas (A to E), and at least one 400-level 
course taken during their last three semesters. 
The 400-level course may be one of the courses 
in the five areas or one of the two additional 
courses required to complete the major. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Political Science 223, 
244. Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

For non-majors, the department offers three 
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



any four courses numbered 200 or above from 
areas A to E; a minor in Foreign Affairs consists 
of four courses selected from Political Science 
220, 225, 243, 326, 327, 438 and 439; and a 
minor in Legal Studies consists of Political 
Science 33 1 , 335, 436 and one other course 
numbered 200 or above. Students are encour- 
aged to consult with department members on 
the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

An introductory course in political science 
that asks how and why people form political 
communities, what holds them together, and 
how political systems may either improve or 
damage themselves. Includes comparison of 
the U.S. with other countries and discussion 
of current political and public-policy issues. 

A. American Politics 

110 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 
IN THE UNITED STATES 

An introduction to American national 
government which emphasizes both structural- 
functional analysis and policy-making proc- 
esses. In addition to the legislative, executive, 
and judicial branches of government, attention 
will be given to political parties and interest 
groups, elections and voting behavior, and 
constitutional rights. Recommended to all 
social science-education candidates and to those 
students who have had inadequate or insuffi- 
cient preparation in American government. 

Ill 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 

223 

AMERICAN PRESIDENCY 

A study of the office and powers of the 
president with analysis of his major roles as 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



chief administrator, legislator, political leader, 
foreign policy maker, and commander-in- 
chief. Special attention is given to those 
presidents who led the nation boldly. Subject 
to student demand, but offered at least once 
during a four-year cycle. 

B. Legal Studies 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and liberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing or consent of instructor. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the 
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and 
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing or consent of instructor. 

436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 

An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
standing or consent of instructor. 

C. Applied Politics 

244 

THE POLITICAL FILM 

The great and enduring political questions 
presented in fiction movies, for classroom 
discussion and papers. Course draws from a 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



library of cinema classics on videotape to 
probe political arrangements, power relation- 
ships, and the legal process. Alternate years. 

333 

BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION 

What is bureaucracy? Why and how do 
bureaucracies arise? What has been the 
political impact of growth of bureaucracy in 
government? These questions, among others, 
will be considered in this examination of 
public bureaucracies. This course is highly 
recommended to students planning to take an 
internship in city or county government 
through the political science department. 
Subject to student demand, but offered at least 
once during a four-year cycle. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 
elective and nonelective activities, and includes 
analyses of women' s issues currently on 
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years. 

448 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic 
and methodology of polling. Content includes 
exploration of the processes by which 
people's political opinions are formed, the 
manipulation of public opinion through the 
uses of propaganda, and the American 
response to politics and political issues. 

D. Comparative Politics 

220 

EUROPEAN POLITICS 

A study of the political systems of Europe with 
emphasis on comparison and patterns of 
government. The course will review politics in 
Britain, France, Germany, the former Soviet 
republics, and other countries and attempt to 
find underlying similarities and differences. 



326 

POLITICAL CULTURES 

An exploration of the "people" aspects of 
political life in several countries. The way 
people interact with each other and with 
government, what they expect from the 
system, how they acquire their political 
attitudes and styles, and how these contribute 
to the type of government. Alternate years. 

438 

POLITICS OF DEVELOPING AREAS 

The causes and possible cures for socio- 
political backwardness in Asia, Africa, and 
Latin America. Alternate years. 

E. International Relations 

225 

WORLD POLITICS 

Why is there war? An introduction to 
international relations with emphasis on the 
varieties of conflicts which may grow into war. 

237 

POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY 

The territorial dimension of politics as 
studied through questions of states, bound- 
aries, subdivisions, regions, voting patterns, 
and strategies. Includes extensive map 
reviews for students taking state teacher 
examinations. Alternate years. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, how 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

327 

CRISIS AREAS IN WORLD POLITICS 

The study of several current areas of 
international tension and conflict, including 
relations among the United States, the former 
Soviet republics, and China, plus the Middle 
East and whatever new danger spots arise 
over time. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY 




439 

AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 

The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 
forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 

F. Special Programs 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning 
situations with a wide variety of public and 
private agencies and organizations. Students 
have served as interns with the Public Defender' 
Office, the Lycoming County Court Adminis- 
trator, and the Williamsport City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY (PSY) 

Professor: Hancock 
Associate Professors: Berthold 

(Chairperson), Ryan 
Assistant Professor: Olsen 
Visiting Instructor: Cimini 
Part-time Instructor: Marshall 

1 he major provides training in both 
theoretical and applied psychology. It is 
designed to meet the needs of students 
seeking careers in psychology or other natural 
or social sciences. It also meets the needs of 
students seeking a better understanding of 
human behavior as a means of furthering 
individual and career goals in other areas. 
Psychology majors and others are urged to 
discuss course selections in psychology with 
members of the department to help insure 
appropriate course selection. 

A major consists of 32 semester hours in 
psychology, including Psychology 1 10, 336, 
431, and 432. Statistics also is required. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Psychology 225, 
431, and 432. Students must check semester 
class schedules to determine which courses 
are offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including 
Psychology 1 10 and four other psychology 
courses (three of which must be numbered 
200 or above) which must be approved by the 
department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will be 
explored different semesters. Potential topics 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



psychology. The course is open to elementary 
and advanced undergraduates. No Prerequi- 
sites. One-half unit of credit. May be 
repeated once for credit with departmental 
permission. May not be used to satisfy 
distribution or major requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personal- 
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition, 
and developmental. 

112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to research and theories on 
small group formation, structure, and perfor- 
mance. Topics include group communication, 
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision- 
making. Emphasis will be placed upon apply- 
ing principles of group dynamics to different 
types of groups. Prerequisite: Psychology 110 
or consent of instructor. May term only. 

116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and 
treatment. The various models for the concept- 
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically 
examined. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 
Ill 
DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 



growth beyond childhood, and self- 
exploration. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

224 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisites: Psychol- 
ogy 110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 

ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will cover 
targeting behavior, base-rating, intervention 
strategies, and outcome evaluation. Learning- 
based modification techniques such as 
contingency management, counter-condition- 
ing, extinction, discrimination training, 
aversive conditioning, and negative practice 
will be examined. Prerequisite: Psychology 
110 or consent of instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with normal developmen- 
tal changes and common problems of adult- 
hood. Focus will be upon adult transitions, 
stress management, intimate relationships, 
sexuality, parenting skills, and work adjust- 
ment. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



€1 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 



333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set of 
principles that relate the function and organi- 
zation of the nervous system to the phenom- 
ena of behavior. Prerequisite: Psychology 
1 10 or consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, 
including scale transformation, norms, 
standardization, validation procedures, and 
estimation of reliability. Prerequisites: 
Psychology 110 and statistics. 

335 

HISTORY AND SYSTEMS OF 
PSYCHOLOGY 

The growth of scientific psychology and 
the theories and systems that have accompa- 
nied its development. Prerequisite: Four 
courses in psychology. 

336 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 
theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory will be considered. 
Prerequisite: Psychology 1 10. 

337 
COGNITION 

An investigation of human mental pro- 
cesses along the two major dimensions: 
directed and undirected thought. Topic areas 
include recognition, attention, conceptualiza- 
tion, problem-solving, fantasy, language, 
dreaming, and creativity. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110. 



338 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid- 
ered may include educational objectives, pupil 
and teacher characteristics, concept learning, 
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and 
values, motivation, retention and transfer, 
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite: 
Psychology 110 or consent of instructor. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. The major theories and basic research 
on gender differences will be covered. 
Special topics include sex differences in 
achievement, power, and communication; 
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity 
and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: Psychology 110. 

431 

LEARNING EXPERIMENTAL 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Learning processes. The examination of 
the basic methods and principles of animal 
and human learning. Prerequisites: Psychol- 
ogy 110 and statistics. 

432 

SENSORY EXPERIMENTAL 
PSYCHOLOGY 

The examination of psychophysical 
methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the understand- 
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: 
Psychology 110 and statistics. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY • RELIGION 



448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. Psychology 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while Psychology 449 
covers the major theoretical approaches 
to counseling. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalau- 
reate objectives in particular. Students have, 
for example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas for 
which courses are not offered. In addition, 
students have an opportunity to study a topic 
in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseHng of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 




RELIGION (RED 

Professors: Guerra, Hughes (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Van Voorst 

/\ major consists of 10 courses, including 
Religion 113, 114, and 120. At least seven 
courses must be taken in the department. The 
following courses may be counted toward 
fulfilling the major requirements: Greek 221 
and 222, Hebrew 221 and 222, History 340 
and 416. Philosophy 332, and Sociology 333. 
The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Religion 230 and 
33 1 . Students must check semester class 
schedules to determine which courses are 
offered as "W" courses for that semester. 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from Religion 110, 113, 114 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of Greek 
221, 222 and Hebrew 221 and 222. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 



110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be rehgious. 
Some of the issues are the definition of 
rehgion, the meaning of symboHsm, concepts 
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific 
attention will be devoted to the current 
problem of cults and religious liberty. 

113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew- Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction 
to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of religion 
and culture in an historical perspective 
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 

120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what 
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues 



are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide, 
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of 
death and immortality. Course includes, as 
optional, practical projects with terminal 
patients under professional supervision. Only 
one course from the combination ] 20-12 1 may 
be used for distribution. 

121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life after 
death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation, 
and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. Religion 120 
is recommended but not required. Only one 
course from the combination 120-121 may be 
used for distribution. 

222 

PROTESTANTISM IN 
THE MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 17th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. 

223 

THE BACKGROUNDS OF CHRISTIANITY 

A study of the historical, cultural, and 
religious background of the formation of 
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian 
belief and practice in post-exilic Judaism and 
in Hellenism. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



are normative in matters of faith, practice, 
and organization. Also, a review of their 
contributions to the spiritual heritage of 
mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 
Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East- West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw light 
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also, 
an introduction to basic archaeological 
method and a study in depth of several 
representative excavations along with the 
artifacts and material culture recovered from 
different historical periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be 
given to the religious views prevalent in the 



ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 
tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions 
will be sought to questions such as: What 
does it feel like to be religious or to have a 
religious experience? What is the religious 
function in human development? How does 
one think psychologically about theological 
problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of religion 
and other disciplines to an issue of current 
concern; current topics include the theological 
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the 
Holocaust. The course may be repeated for 
credit if the topic is different from one 
previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics related 
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics 
include prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead 
Sea Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline 
theology, Judaism and Christian origins, 
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION • SCHOLAR PROGRAM 



Gospels and John give final form to 
their message. Course will vary from year to 
year and may be taken for credit a second 
time if the topic is different from one previ- 
ously studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 

A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments 
in Western culture. The content of this course 
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied 
in recent years include the theological 
significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentialism; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND 
MISSION OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as 
"The People of God" with reference to the 
Biblical, Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman 
Catholic traditions. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Associate Professor: Boerckel (Director) 

1 he Lycoming College Scholar Program is 
a special program designed to meet the needs 
and aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequi- 
site: Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year. Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 




SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 

Associate Professor: Jo 

Assistant Professors: S. Alexander, Strauser 

1 he Sociology/Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fundamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence 110, 114, 229, 444, 
and 447 and three other courses within the 
department with the exception of 1 15, 222, 
223, 225, 440, and 443. Religion 226 may 
also be counted toward the major. 



Track II - Human Services in a Socio- 
Cultural Perspective requires: Sociology- 
Anthropology 1 10, 222, 229, 443, 444, and 
447. In addition, students must select two 
courses from among the following: Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology 220, 221, 227, 228, 300, 
334, and 335. Students are also required to 
choose two units from the following courses: 
Psychology 1 10, Psychology 224, Economics 
224, and Political Science 333. Recom- 
mended courses: Accounting 110, Account- 
ing 226, Spanish 111, Spanish 1 12, History 
126, and Philosophy 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Sociology-Anthropol- 
ogy 229 and 44 1 . Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "W" courses for 
that semester. 

Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of Sociology- Anthropology 1 10 and 
four other sociology-anthropology courses 
(three of which must be numbered 220 or 
above) which must be approved by the depart- 
ment. Sociology- Anthropology courses 115, 
223, 225, 339, and 440 cannot be counted 
toward this minor. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of 
anthropology; its subject matter, methodol- 
ogy, and goals, examination of biological and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



cultural evolution, the fossil evidence for 
human evolution, and questions raised in 
relation to human evolution. Other topics 
include race, human nature, primate behavior, 
and prehistoric cultural development. 

115 

INTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM 

An introduction to the role of law enforce- 
ment, courts, and corrections in the admini- 
stration of justice; the historical development 
of police, courts, and corrections; jurisdiction 
and procedures of courts; an introduction to 
the studies, literature, and research in criminal 
justice; careers in criminal justice. 

220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjust- 
ment, and the changing status of family 
members. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthro- 
pology 110 or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 

A multidisciplinary approach to the study 
of the constellation of factors that relate to 
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the 
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice 
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and 
community responsibility. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 1 10 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

222 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

The course is designed for students 
interested in learning about, or entering, the 
human services profession. It will review the 
history, the range, and the goals of human 
services together with a survey of various 
strategies and approaches to human problems. 
It will include practical discussions of social 
behavioral differences as they relate to stress 



and conflict in people's lives. Prerequisite: 
Sociology- Anthropology 110 and/or Psychol- 
ogy 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

223 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Principles, theories, and doctrines of the 
law of crimes, elements in crime, analysis of 
criminal investigation, important case law. 
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 115 or 
consent of instructor. 

RURAL AND URBAN COMMUNITIES 

The concept of community is treated as it 
operates and affects individual and group 
behavior in rural, suburban, and urban 
settings. Emphasis is placed upon characteris- 
tic institutions and problems of modern city 
life. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 
1 10 or consent of instructor. 

225 

INTRODUCTION TO 
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION 

This course is designed for advanced 
criminal justice majors. Emphasis is placed 
on an in-depth study of detection and investi- 
gation of major crimes. Particular attention is 
placed on the use of criminalistics, legal 
parameters of evidence and interrogation, and 
prosecutory procedures. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 223 or consent of 
instructor. Will not be counted toward the 
sociology/anthropology major. 

226 

SOCIAL MOVEMENTS 

An analysis of the dynamics, structure, and 
reactions to social movements with focus on 
contemporary social movements. Prerequi- 
site: Sociology-Anthropology 1 W or consent 
of instructor. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^P 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



227 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

The course examines the causes, character- 
istics, and consequences of social problems in 
America from diverse socio-cultural perspec- 
tives. Topics discussed typically include 
crime, urban crises, family disorganization, 
poverty, race problems, drug abuse, and other 
related issues. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 110 or consent of instructor. 

228 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of 
the aged as individuals and as members of 
groups. Emphasis is placed upon variables: 
health, housing, socio-economic status, per- 
sonal adjustment, retirement, and social part- 
icipation. Sociological, social psychological, 
and anthropological frames of reference utiliz- 
ed in analysis and description of aging and its 
relationship to society, culture, and personality, 
health, housing, socio-economic status, per- 
sonal adjustment, retirement, and social part- 
icipation. 

229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social 
anthropology designed to familiarize the 
student with the analytical approaches to the 
diverse cultures of the world. The relevancy of 
cultural anthropology for an understanding of 
the human condition will be stressed. Topics to 
be covered include the nature of primitive 
societies in contrast to civilizations, the concept 
of culture and cultural relativism, the individual 
and culture, the social patterning of behavior 
and social control, an anthropological perspec- 
tive on the culture of the United States. 



300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; condi- 
tions under which criminal laws develop; 
etiology of crime; epidemiology of crime, 
including explanation of statistical distribution 
of criminal behavior in terms of time, space, 
and social location. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 110 or consent of instructor. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A sociological examination of the role of 
women in American society through an 
analysis of the social institutions which affect 
their development. Role-analysis theory will be 
applied to the past, present, and future experi- 
ence of women as it relates to the role options of 
society as a whole. Students will do an original 
research project on the role of women. Prereq- 
uisite: Sociology-Anthropology 110. 

332 

INSTITUTIONS 

Introduces the student to the sociological 
concept of social institution, the types of 
social institutions to be found in all societies, 
and the interrelationships between the social 
institutions within a society. The course is 
divided into two basic parts: 1 . That aspect 
which deals with the systematic organization 
of society in general, and 2. The concentration 
on a particular social institution: economic, 
political, educational, or social welfare. 
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

333 

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 

An examination of the major theories of 
the relationship of religion to society and a 
survey of sociological studies of religious 
behavior. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthro- 
pology 1 10 or consent of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 
historical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 110 or consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 

336 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student 
with the wealth of anthropological data on the 
religions and world views developed by 
primitive peoples. The functions of primitive 
religion in regard to the individual, society, 
and various cultural institutions will be 
examined. Subjects to be surveyed include 
myth, witchcraft, vision quests, spirit posses- 
sion, the cultural use of dreams, and revital- 
ization movements. Particular emphasis will 
be given to shamanism, transcultural religious 
experience, and the creation of cultural 
realities through religions. Both a social 
scientific and existential perspective will be 
employed. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 229 or consent of instructor. 



337 

THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 

AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 
American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, 
Kwakiutl, and Netsilik. Changes in native 
lifeways due to European contacts and United 
States expansion will be considered. Recent 
cultural developments among American 
Indians will be placed in an anthropological 
perspective. 

338 

LEGAL AND POLITICAL 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

The course is designed to familiarize the 
student with the techniques of conflict 
resolution and the utilization of public power 
in primitive society as well as the various 
theories of primitive law and government. 
The rise of the state and an anthropological 
perspective on modern law and government 
will be included. The concepts of self- 
regulation and social control, legitimacy, 
coercion, and exploitation will be the organiz- 
ing focus. Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropol- 
ogy 229 or consent of instructor. 

339 

THE AMERICAN PRISON SYSTEM 

Nature and history of punishment, evolu- 
tion of the prison and prison methods with 
emphasis on prison community, prison 
architecture, institutional programs, inmate 
rights, and sentences. Review of punishment 
versus treatment, detention facilities, jails, 
reformatories, prison organization and 
administration, custody, and discipline. 
Prerequisite: Sociology-Anthropology 115. 

440 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

A course designed for the advanced criminal 
justice major. While the course concerns the 
study of probation and parole as parts of the 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^P 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



criminal justice system and their impact on the 
system as a whole, the primary emphasis is the 
impact on the offender. Particular attention is 
given to diagnostic report writing on offenders, 
pre-sentence investigation, offender classifica- 
tion, and parole planning. Prerequisites: 
Sociology-Anthropology 115 and 339. 

441 

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION 

An analysis of stratification systems with 
specific reference to American society. The 
course will include an analysis of poverty, 
wealth, and power in the United States. 
Particular attention will be given to factors 
which generate and maintain inequality, along 
with the impact of inequality on the lives of 
Americans. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 110 or consent of instructor. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 

The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 
services are delivered in contemporary 
society. Subjects to be covered include 
ethnographic study of nursing homes, prisons, 
therapeutic communities, mental hospitals, 
and other human service institutions. The 
methodology of fieldwork will be explored so 
as to sensitize the student to the socio-cultural 
dimensions of helping environments and 
relationships. Prerequisite: Sociology- 
Anthropology 110 or Sociology-Anthropology 
229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 110 or consent of 
instructor. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



445 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY 

The history of the development of anthro- 
pological thought from the 1 8th century to the 
present. Emphasis is placed upon anthropo- 
logical thought since 1850. Topics include 
evolutionism, historical-particularism, cultural 
idealism, cultural materialism, functionalism, 
structuralism, and ethnoscience. Prerequisite: 
Sociology-Anthropology 229 or consent of 
instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS IN 
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 

Study of the research process in sociology- 
anthropology. Attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering 
research and the application of research. 
Different methodological skills are consid- 
ered, including field work, questionnaire 
construction, and other methods of data 
gathering and the analysis of data. Prerequi- 
site: Sociology-Anthropology 110 and 
Mathematics 103 or consent of instructor. 

448-449 

PRACTICUM IN SOCIOLOGY 

Introduces the student to a practical work 
experience involving community agencies in 
order to effect a synthesis of the student's 
academic course work and its practical 
applications in a community agency. Specif- 
ics of the course to be worked out in conjunc- 
tion with department, student and agency. 
Prerequisite: Sociology- Anthropology 110 
and consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typically 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. Interns in criminal 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY • THEATRE 




justice work off campus in criminal justice 
agencies, such as penal institutions and 
probation and parole departments, under the 
supervision of administrative personnel. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



THEATRE (thea) 

Professor: R. Falk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Allen 
Part-time Instructors: Clark, Denton 
Theatre Technician: Downing 

1 he major consists of eight courses: 
Theatre 100 and seven others; a concentration 
in acting, directing, or design is possible. In 
addition to the course requirements, majors 
are expected to participate actively in Arena 
Theatre productions. Majors are urged to 
include courses in art, music, psychology, and 
English, or other areas of special interest. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as writing intensive courses and 
may be offered as such: Theatre 332 and 333. 
Students must check semester class schedules 
to determine which courses are offered as 
"W" courses for that semester. 

Minor 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
department. A minor in Theatre History and 
Literature consists of Theatre 100, 332, 333, 
335, and 400. The following courses are 
required to complete a minor in Performance: 
Theatre 100, 140, 226, 334, 336, and either 
332 or 333. To obtain a minor in Technical 
Theatre, a student must complete Theatre 100, 
148, 228, 338, and 420 or 430. 

The fine arts distribution requirement may 
be satisfied by selecting any two of the 
following recommended courses: Theatre 
100, 1 10, 140, 148, 332, 333, or other courses 
with the consent of the instructor. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

Designed as a comprehensive introduction 
to the aesthetics of theatre. From the specta- 
tor's point of view, the nature of theatre will 
be explored, including dramatic literature and 
the integral functioning of acting, directing, 
and all production aspects. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



110 

INTRODUCTION TO FILM 

A basic course in understanding the film 
medium. The class will investigate film 
technique through lectures and by viewing 
regular weekly films chosen from classic, 
contemporary, and experimental short films. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
Theatre 136: Theatre 135 or consent of 
instructor. One-half unit of credit each. Not 
open to students who have received credit for 
Music 135-136 or Music 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokien, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for Music 137 
or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: Theatre 137 or 
consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
Not open to students who have received credit 
for Music 137 or 138. 

140 

INTRODUCTION TO ACTING 

An introductory study of the actor's 
preparation with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvi- 
sations and scene study. Prerequisite: 
Theatre 100. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



148 

INTRODUCTION TO PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various other aspects of 
play production are introduced. Through 
material presented in the course and labora- 
tory work on the Arena Theatre stage, the 
student will acquire experience to produce 
theatrical scenery, lighting, and costumes. 

226 

INTRODUCTION TO DIRECTING 

An introductory study of the function of 
the director in preparation, rehearsal, and 
performance. Emphasis is placed on develop- 
ing the student's ability to analyze scripts, and 
on the development of the student's imagina- 
tion. Prerequisite: Theatre 140. 

228 

INTRODUCTION TO SCENE 

DESIGN AND STAGECRAFT 

An introduction to the theatre with an 
emphasis on stagecraft. Productions each 
semester serve as the laboratory to provide the 
practical experience necessary to understand 
the material presented in the classroom. 
Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or consent of 
instructor. 

231 

ADVANCED TECHNIQUES 
OF PLAY PRODUCTION 

A detailed consideration of the interrelated 
problems and techniques of play analysis, 
production styles, and design. Offered 
summer only. 

232 

FUNDAMENTALS OF MAKEUP 

Essentials of stage makeup; straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Prerequisite: Theatre 
148. One-half unit. Alternate years. 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups 
are included, with emphasis on nonrealistic 
and nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: Theatre 
232. One-half unit. Alternate years. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for Theatre 235: Theatre 
136 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
Theatre 236: Theatre 235 or consent of 
instructor. One-half unit of credit each. Not 
open to students who have received credit for 
Music 135-136 or Music 235-236. 

332 

HISTORY OF THEATRE I 

A detailed study of the development of 
theatre from the Greeks to the Restoration. 
Alternate years. 

333 

HISTORY OF THEATRE II 

The history of the theatre from 1 660. 
Alternate years. 

334 

INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: ACTING 

Instruction and practice in character 
analysis and projection with emphasis on 
vocal and body techniques. Prerequisite: 
Theatre 140. 

335 

THEORIES OF THE MODERN THEATRE 

An advanced course exploring the 
philosophical roots of the modem theatre 
from the birth of realism to the present and the 
influences on modern theatre practice. 
Selected readings from Nietzsche, Marx, 
Jung, Freud, Whitehead, Kierkegaard, Sartre. 



Camus, Antoine, Copeau, Stanislavski, Shaw, 
Meyerhold, Artaud, Brecht, Brook, Grotow- 
ski. Alternate years. 

336 

INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: DIRECTING 

Emphasis is placed on the student's ability 
to function in preparation and rehearsal. 
Practical experience involves the directing of 
two one-act plays from the contemporary 
theatre. Prerequisite: Theatre 226. 

337 

PLAYWRITING AND 

DRAMATIC CRITICISM 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act play, 
plus an historical survey of dramatic criticism 
from Aristotle to the present with emphasis 
upon developing the student's ability to write 
reviews and criticism of theatrical productions 
and films. Alternate years. 

338 

INTERMEDIATE STUDIO: 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design 
with emphasis on their practical application to 
the theatre. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or 
consent of instructor. 

400 

MASTERS OF WORLD DRAMA 

An intensive and detailed analysis of the 
plays and related works, including criticism of 
great authors, that have shaped world theatre. 
Authors to be selected on the basis of interest 
of students and faculty. At times, more than 
one author will be treated in a term. Ibsen, 
Brecht, Moliere, Williams, Albee. Alternate 
years. May be accepted toward English 
major with consent of English Department. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



420 

ADVANCED STUDIO: COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production, and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the design of a 
production. Prerequisite: Theatre 148 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

ADVANCED STUDIO: 
PROPERTIES DESIGN 

The theory of properties design for the stage, 
including the production of specific properties 
for staging use. Elements of design, fabrica- 
tion, and the construction of properties 
employing a variety of materials and the 
application of new theatrical technology. Pre- 
requisite: Theatre 148 or consent of instructor. 

440 

ADVANCED STUDIO: ACTING 

Preparation of monologues and two- 
character scenes, contemporary and classical. 
The student will appear in major campus 
productions. Prerequisite: Theatre 334. 

446 

ADVANCED STUDIO: DIRECTING 

Emphasis will be placed on the student's 
ability to produce a major three-act play from 
the script to the stage for public performance. 
Prerequisite: Theatre 336. 

448 

ADVANCED STUDIO: DESIGN 

Independent work in conceptual and 
practical design. The student will design one 
full production as his major project. Prerequi- 
sites: Theatre 228 or 338 and consent of 
instructor. 

470-409 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minnea- 



polis, and the New Jersey Shakespeare 
Festival. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Some recent independent studies have 
been the roles of women as characters in 
drama, scene design, and lighting design for 
an Arena production. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
A typical study could be the writing and 
production of an original play. 

THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Students may receive academic credit for 
supervised participation in the various aspects 
of technical production, rehearsal, and perfor- 
mance of the Theatre Department's major 
presentations in the Arena Theatre. Credit for 
Theatre Practicum is earned on a fractional 
basis. Students may register for one-half sem- 
ester hour course credit for active participation 
in a major production in the designated areas of 
technology and performance, limited to one 
semester hour credit per semester and eight 
semester hours over four years. Theatre 
Practicum credit may not be used to satisfy 
distribution requirements in Fine Arts. Students 
may not register for Theatre Practicum while 
taking Theatre 100 (Introduction to Theatre) or 
Theatre 148 (Play Production) without 
permission of the instructor. When scheduling, 
students should register for Theater Practicum 
in addition to the normal four academic 
courses. Because students may not be cast or 
assigned duties in time to meet the drop/add 
deadline, late registration for Theatre 160 
(Technical Theatre) and 161 (Rehearsal and 
Performance) will bepennitted without penalty. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE • WOMEN'S STUDIES 




160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Participation in a major production of the 
Arena Theatre in one or more of the following 
technical areas: scene construction, scene 
painting, lighting, sound, properties, costume, 
makeup. A minimum of 50 hours is required. 
May be repeated for credit. One-half credit 
hour. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

161 

REHEARSAL AND 
PERFORMANCE PRACTICUM 

Participation in a major production of the 
Arena Theatre in one or more of the following 
rehearsal and performance areas: acting in a 
major or minor role, stage manager, director, 
assistant director, choreographer. A minimum 
of 50 hours is required. May be repeated for 
credit. One-half hour credit. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 

Steering Committee: Beidler, Briggs, 
J. Hurlbert, Morris, Ryan (Coordinator) 

Although a major in women's studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (see p.42), 
an established minor in women's studies is 
provided. Courses required for the minor are: 

History 310: Women in History 
English 334: Women and Literature 
Psychology 341 : Psychology of Women 
Art 339: Women in Art 

With the approval of the coordinator, one 
of the four courses may be satisfied with 
Political Science 347: Women in Politics, 
with an appropriate special course, or with an 
independent studies project. To receive credit 
for a minor in women's studies, a student 
must maintain at least a 2.0 average in courses 
taken for that minor. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



The Board Of Trustees 




The Board of Trustees 
Officers 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

Robert E. Hancox '65 

Vice Chairman 

John C. Schultz 

Secretary 

Ann S. Pepperman 

Assistant Secretary 

Emeriti Trustees 

Samuel H. Evert, '34, LL.D. 
Kenneth E. Himes 

W. Gibbs McKenney, LL.D., L.H.D. 

Chairman Emeritus 

Fred A. Pennington, LL.D. 

Chairman Emeritus 

William Pickelner 

Marguerite G. Rich 

The Rev. Wallace F. Stettler, H.H.D. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Trustees 

Term expires 1995 

Elected 

1986 Harold D. Chapman 
1980 Richard W. DeWald '61 
1992 James E. Douthat 
1992 Donald E. Failor '68 

1 99 1 The Rev. Bishop Felton E. May 
1989 V.Jud Rogers 

1 983 Hon. Clinton W. Smith '55 

1 992 Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71 

Term expires 1996 

Elected 

1987 Leo A. Calistri '59 

1 987 Robert E. Hancox '65 

1 978 Harold D. Hershberger, Jr. '51 

1987 K. Alan Himes '59 

1989 Kenrick R. Khan '57 

1993 Dale N. Krapf '67 

1991 Rosanna R. Lowry '72 

1 984 D. Stephen Martz '64 

1992 Henry D. Sahakian 

1 985 Robert L. Shangraw '58 

1972 Harold H. Shreckengast, Jr. '50 

(Chairman Emeritus) 

1 990 Michael A. Warehime '64 
1990 Phyllis L. Yasui 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




^^ 



Term expires 1997 

Elected 

1994 William J. Ainsworth '63 

1994 David R.Bahl 

1979 David Y. Brouse '47 

1993 Melvin H. Campbell, Jr. '70 

1988 David B. Lee '61 

1982 Margaret D. L'Heureux 

1973 Robert G. Little '63 

1993 Thomas J. McElheny '69 
1 99 1 George A. Nichols '59 
1988 Ann S. Pepperman 

1988 John C. Schultz 
1988 Jeanne K. Twigg '74 

1 994 Burke R. Veley '60 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff * 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Mary 

M.Div., Duke University 

Ed.D., Duke University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Daniel G. Fultz (1989) 

Treasurer 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.B.A., Bucknell University 

M. Ben Hogan (1992) 

Dean of Student Services 

B.A., St. Francis College 

M.S., University of Southern Maine 

Ed.D., Vanderbilt University 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Jeffrey Baird (1992) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A., Mansfield University 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Director of Planned Giving 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D., United Theological Seminary 

Natasha Cooper (1993) 

Assistant Instructional Services Librarian 

Assistant Professor 

B.A., Colgate University 

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

M.L.S., Syracuse University 

Molly Costello (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts 
University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and 



Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jerry S. Faico (1990) 

Director of Student Activities 

B.S., Westminster College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Robert F. Falk (1970) 
Associate Dean of the College 
A.B., Drew University 
B.D., Drew Theological School 
M.A., Wayne State University 
Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Kathy A. GaNung (1992) 

Director of Alumni and Parent Programs 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 

B.S., West Chester State College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Daniel J. Hartsock (1981) 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 
Coordinator of Advising 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Alice N. Heaps (1986) 

Associate Director of Admissions 
B.S., Shippensburg University 

Mary Beth Heim (1990) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Earlham College 

Thomas J. Henninger (1966) 

Director of Computer Services 
B.S., Wake Forest College 
M.A., University of Kansas 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



John J. Killian (1990) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Joshua Kramon (1993) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Gettysburg College 

Allison Kreitz (1993) 

Admissions Counselor 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

James S. Lakis (1990) 

Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Temple University 

Christina E. MacGill (1985) 

Director of Career Development Center 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

David J. Martin (1990) 

Superintendent of Buildings & Grounds 
B.S., Huntington College 

Robert Mothersbaugh (1993) 

Director of Development 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Karin Plummer (1993) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Karen M. Preamble (1992) 

College Nurse 

B.S.N. , Bloomsburg University 

H. Karen Ransdorf (1990) 

Campus Store Manager 

Barbara Riegel (1993) 

Assistant Instructional Services Librarian and 
Assistant Professor 
B.A, Gannon University 
M.S.L.S., Clarion University 

Nancy A. Robinson (1990) 

Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 



Stephen M. Schierloh (1992) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Juniata College 

William C. Sherwood (1990) 

Business Manager 

B.S., Lycoming College 

M.B.A., Michigan State University 

Phyllis J. Sieber (1989) 

Director of Residence Life 
B.S., University of Delaware 
M.A., Trenton State College 

Catherine E. Troelstra (1991) 

Director of the Annual Fund 

B.S., The Johns Hopkins University 

Jeanne A. Wagner (1990) 

Registrar 

B.S., Syracuse University 

Kenneth P. Weingartner (1992) 

Sports Information Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Mary B. Wolf (1985) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen 
B.A., St. Mary's College 
M.P.A., University of Michigan 

Ralph E. Zeigler, Jr. (1980) 

Senior Development Officer 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D.. Ohio Wesleyan University 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Faculty 



Professors 

Robert B. Angstadt (1967) 

Biology 

B.S., Ur sinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle (1976) 

Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

Jack D. Diehl, Jr. (1971) 

Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

Robert F. Falk (1970) 

Theatre 

Marshal of the College 

Associate Dean 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

David A. Franz (1970)*** 

Chemistry 

Marshal of the College 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Ernest D. Giglio (1972) 
Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M.A., SUNY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 

Eduardo Guerra (1960) 

Religion 

B.D., Southern Methodist University 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

John G. Hancock (1967) 

Psychology 

B.S., M.S., Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

LYCOMING COLLEGE ■ 



Richard A. Hughes (1970) 

Religion 

B.A., University of Indianapolis 

S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 

Emily R. Jensen (1969) 

English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert H. Larson (1969)*** 

History 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Roger W. Opdahl (1963) 

Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

David J. Rife (1970) 

English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

Political Science 

A.B., University of California at Berkeley 
M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 
Ph.D., The American University 

Roger D. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

B.A., Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stanley T. Wilk (1973)* 

Anthropology 

B.A., Hunter College 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Associate Professors 

Jerry D. Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 

B.A., University of Delaware 

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979)** 

Music 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 
B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 
M.M., Ohio University 
D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) **** 

Spanish 

B.A., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil, Ph.D., Yale University 

Richard R. Erickson (1973) 
Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

David Fisher (1984)** 

Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University^ of Pittsburgh 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Acadia University 

M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 

Habil., Universitat Mannheim 

Bruce M. Hurlbert (1982) 

Director of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

Moon H. Jo (1975) 

Sociology 

B.A., Valparaiso University 

M.A., Howard University 

Ph.D., New York University 

Eldon F. Kuhns, II (1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Paul A. MacKenzie (1970) 

German 

A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Robert J. B. Maples (1969) 

French 

A.B., University of Rochester 

Ph.D., Yale University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) 

History 

B.A., Boston State College 
M.A., Ohio University 
Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Kathleen D. Pagana (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., University- of Maryland 

M.S.N. , Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

Doris P. Parrish (1983) 

Nursing 

B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Gene D, Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
M.M., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 



Robert A. Zaccaria (1973)** 

Biology 

B.A., Bridgewater College 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Assistant Professors 

Susan Alexander (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Penelope Austin (1988) 

English 

A.B., University of Michigan 

M.A., University of Missouri-Columbia 

Ph.D., University of Utah 

James Blair (1994) 

Education 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 
M.E., D.Ed. The Pennsylvania State 
University 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Gloria Clark (1993) 

Foreign Languages 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A. University of Delaware 
Ph.D., SUNY— Binghamton 

John H. Conrad (1959) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State College 

M.A., New York University 

Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 

Mathematics 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Michelle S. Ficca (1985) 

Nursing 

B.S., Stroudsburg State University 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Bahram Golshan (1989) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Jimdi Shapour University, Iran 

M.S., Edinboro State University of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S., Kent State University 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Margaret Gray-Vickrey (1986) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., SUNY at Pittsburgh 
M.S., Northern Illinois University 
D.N.S., SUNY at Bujfalo 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A., Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Thomas J. Henninger (1966) 

Director of Computer Services 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest College 

M.A., University of Kansas 

Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A.A., Cayuga County Community College 

B.S., State University of 

New York at Plattsburgh 

Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/Amherst 

Janet Hurlbert (1985)** 

Instructional Services Librarian 
B.A., M.A., University of Denver 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Diane C. Janda (1988) 

Music 

B.M., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati, 
College-Consen'atoty of Music 

Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 

Bradley Nason (1983) 

Mass Communication 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., The American University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

B.S., St. Lawrence University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Michael R. Smith (1989) 

Mass Communication 

B.A., University of Maryland 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S., B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Larry R. Strauser (1973) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.P.A., University of Arizona 

Robert E. Van Voorst (1989) 

Religion 

B.A.. Hope College 

M.Div., Western Theological Seminary 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 







LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Richard Weida (1987)** 

Mathematics 

B.S., Muhlenberg College 

M.S., Ph.D, University of Delaware 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Long Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

Fredric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Mass Communication 

B.A., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Physics 

B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 

Troy A. Wolfskill (1989) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Albright College 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 1994 
** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 1995 
*** On Sabbatical Calendar Year 1994 
**** On Leave 

Instructors 

Edward Henninger (1988) 

Business Administration 
B.S., Shippensburg University 
M.B.A., Shippensburg University 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Sherril Ingram (1991) 

Nursing 

B.S. in Nursing, University of Pittsburgh 
MS. in Nursing, Virginia 
Commonwealth University 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Mark Toncar (1994) 

Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Kent State University 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematics 

B.Bus. Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College, 
CUNY 

Albert Alexander (1993) 

Business Administration 

B.S., M.S., Syracuse University 

Mary Baggett (1977) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Regis College 

M. A., Wellesley College 

Henry Berkheimer (1988) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Dickinson College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of Washington 

Betsy Boring (1992) 

Spanish 

B.S., Bloomsburg State University 

George Bossert (1991) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.S., Bucknell University 

Peter Brown 

Biology 

B.S., University of Maine 

M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Regina Collins (1991) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Rosemont College 

Natasha Cooper (1993) 

Library 

B.A., Colgate University 

M.L.S., Syracuse University 

Richard S. Coulter (1990) 

Music 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University 

James Crossley (1988) 

Accounting 

B.S., Lycoming College 

C.P.A., Pennsylvania 

Roger Davis (1984) 

Mathematics 

B.S.Ed., Clarion State College 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

James E. Denton, III (1982) 

Theatre 

Marion Doyle (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Lebanon Valley College 

M.S., Villanova University 

Lynn Estomin (1993) 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M. F.A . , University of Cincinnati 

Deborah Evans-Grove 

Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 
M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania 
State University 

Amy Falk (1991) 

Spanish 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Millie Hepburn-Smith (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., State University of New York-Brockport 

Rudolph Kafer (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., West Virginia University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania 

State University 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Peter Keely (1993) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Mansfield University 

D.Min., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary 

Jane Keller (1990) 

English 

B.A., Bucknell University 

M.S., Wilkes College 

Sandra L. Kingery (1994) 

Foreign Languages (Spanish) 

B.A., Lawrence University 

M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison 

Don M. Larrabee, II (1972) 
Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 
LL.B., Fordham University 

C. Thomas Little (1994) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.A.T., Purdue University 

James Logue (1976) 

English 

A.B., M.S., Bucknell University 

Cheryl Loukinen (1993) 

Accounting 

B.S., B.A., Bloomsburg University 

M.B.A., Shippensburg University 

Timothy Mahoney (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lock Haven State University 

M.S., Eastern Kentucky University 

Roberta Marshall (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Mansfield University 

Gerard M. McKeegan (1985) 

Nursing 

B.S., Philadelphia College of 

Pharmacy and Science 



^ff 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Kenneth Millen-Penn (1992) 

History 

B.A., State University College at Oneonta 
M.A., Ph.D., State University 
of New York at Binghamton 

Lou Ann Miller (1994) 

Chemistry 

A.B., Lycoming College 

Vicki Miller (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Lycoming College 

Bruce Mosser (1990) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

Louise Pelletier (1992) 

English 

B.A. University of Southern Maine 

M.A. College of New Rochelle 

Barbara Reigel (1993) 

Library 

B.A., Gannon University 

M.L.S., Clarion University 

Carole Roberson (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S., Cornell University 

P.N. P., Seton Hall University 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

Joanne Schweinsberg (1992) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.A., Bucknell University 

Donald E. Spickler, Jr. (1993) 

Mathematical Sciences 

B.A., Shippensburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Gary Steele (1988) 

Music 

B.M., J uilliard School 

M.M., Eastman School of Music 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Ronald Straub (1989) 

Education 

B.S., East Stroudsburg University 

M.S., Lehigh University 

Kathy Turkewitz (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. Marquette 

Annette Wenzler (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Union University 

Allison Wilgar- Jones (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. , Villanova University 

David S. Witwer (1994) 

History 

B.A., DePauw University 

M.A., Brown University 

Mary Wolf (1985) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Political Science 
B.A., St. Mary's College 
M.P.A.. University of Michigan 

Sharon Zboray- Watts (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S., College Misericordia 

Applied Music Instructors 

Diana L. Bailey (1986) 

Saxaphone 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

James Bertrand (1993) 

Bass 

Richard W. Campbell (1991) 

Bassoon 

B.M., Eastman School of Music 

William G. DeGillio (1991) 

Guitar 

B.A., University ofScranton 

B.M., Mary wood College 

M.M., University of Southern California 

Kim Fairchild (1994) 

Voice 

B.S. Indiana University-Bloomington 



I 



Q 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Jakki Flanagan (1992) 

Horn 

B. Mus., Temple University 

M. S., Mansfield University 

Judith D. Gallup (1991) 

Clarinet 

B.S., Mansfield University 

Jean Grube (1990) 

Voice 

B.M., Susquehanna University' 

William Horrax (1994) 

Trumpet 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College, 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David G. Lassiter (1991) 

Violin 

B.M., Chapman College 

M.M.E., Florida State University 

Robert Leidhecker (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M., Mansfield University 

Yvonne Mitchell (1991) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Grace K. Muzzo (1991) 

Piano 

B.M.E., Gordon College 

M.M.E., Westminster Choir College 

Mary L. Russell (1936) 

Music 

B.S., Susquehanna University 

Conservatory of Music 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Galal Amed, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Divine Providence Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Vivian Anagnoste, M.D. 

Medical Director, Clinical Laboratory 

Science Program 

Rolling Hill Hospital/Elkins Park, PA 19117 

Brooke Barrie (1984) 

Sculpture Johnson Atelier 
Technical Institute of Sculpture 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Gerald R. Fahs, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
The Lancaster General 
Hospital Lancaster, PA 1 7603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical 

Technology 

The Lancaster General Hospital 

Lancaster, PA 17603 

Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program 
Rolling Hill Hospital 
Elkins Park, PA 19117 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Say re, PA 18840 

Barbara Kravitz, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Education Coordinator, Clinical 
Laboratory Science Program 
Rolling Hill Hospital 
Elkins Park, PA 191 17 

Jon Lash (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical 

Institute of Sculpture 



^p 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Prog mm Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Divine Providence Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 

Andrzej Pitynski (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical Institute of Sculpture 

Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Progrcmi Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 

Robert Packer Hospital 

Say re, PA 18840 

Herk Van Tongeren (1984) 

Sculpture 

Johnson Atelier Technical 

Institute of Sculpture 

Emeriti 

John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business 

Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 

James K. Hummer 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.N.S., Tufts University 
M.S., Middlebury College 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ur sinus College 
M.S., Bucknell University 



Walter G. Mclver 

Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College 
A.B., Bucknell University 
M.A., New York University 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A.. The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Conserx'atory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Athletic Staff 



Scott Bray 

Assistant Football Coach 

Dave Bower 

Assistant Football Coach 

A. Shapleigh Boyd IV 

Assistant Football Coach 

Joseph Bressi 

Head Men's Basketball Coach 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 

Robert Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 

Christen E. Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball & 
Head Softball Coach 

Robert Eaton 

Head Soccer/Golf Coach 

Mike Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

Matt Ficca 

Athletic Trainer/Men's & 
Women's Track Coach 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball 
& Softball Coach 

Robert George 

Assistant Football Coach 

Frank Girardi, Sr. 

Athletic Director, Head Football Coach 



Deborah J. Holmes 

Head Women's Tennis Coach/Intramural 
Program Director 

Sonny Kirkpatrick 

Volleyball Coach 

James Kramer 

Head Men'sAVomen's Swimming Coach 
Head Men'sAVomen's Cross Country Coach 

Joseph Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Terry Mantle 

Assistant Football Coach 

Joseph Mark 

Men's Tennis Coach 

Jason Miller 

Assistant Soccer Coach 

Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

Pat Schemery 

Assistant Football Coach 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Administrative 
Assistants 



Victoria G. Anderton 

Campus Store Assistant 

Patricia Barclay 

Communications Officer 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Trudy L. Beachem 

Gift Records Specialist 

Michael J. Beatty 

Security Supervisor 

Theresa M. Beatty 

Faculty Secretary, Biology and 
Chemistry Departments 

Nathalie R. Beck 

Executive Secretary to President & Vice 
President for Development 

Karen N. Bloom 

Financial Aid Associate 

Elizabeth G. Boyd 

Assistant to President 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Sandra L. Burrows 

Secretary, College Relations 

Steven Caravaggio 

Coordinator of Academic Computer Services 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Deborah A. Caulkins 

Slide Curator & Gallery Coordinator 

Diana L. Cleveland 

Coordinator of Academic Services 
for Mathematical Sciences 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

Elizabeth G. Cowles 

Secretary, Career Development 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Admissions Data Coordinator 

Linda R. Dieffenbach 

Nursing Skills Lab Instructor 

Richard C. Dingle 

Sub Desk Aide 

Julia E. Dougherty 

Library Technician, Circulation 

David F. Downing 

Theatre Technician 

Tami Eiswerth 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Gladys M. Engel 

Faculty Secretary, Theatre 

June L. Evans 

Faculty Secretary, Nursing 



® 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



Angela Fahrenbach 

Communications Officer 

Robert W. Faus 

Mailroom Assistant & Assistant Press Operator 

Paula M. Fisher 

Assistant Admissions Data Coordinator/ 
Secretary 

Karen Forney 

Nursing Skills Lab Instructor 

Glenda J. Grimm 

Nursing Skills Lab Manager 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

Robert L. Hill 

Library Evening Proctor 

Linda A. Holodick 

Printing Services Assistant 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary, Education 

Sallie Jordan 

Nursing Skills Lab Instructor 

David M. Kelchner 

Records and Data Manager 

Gladys E. Knauss 

Sub Desk Aide 

Shelly A. LaForme 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Richard D. Lane 

Library Evening Proctor 

Gale D. Laubacher 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Donna M. Laughrey 

Campus Store Assistant 

Peggie A. LeFever 

Personnel Coordinator 

Shirley D. Lloyd 

Campus Store Assistant/Clerk 

Carol A. Long 

Assistant, Alumni & Parent Relations 

John J. Maness 

Security Supervisor 

Dorothy E. Maples 

Box Office Manager 

D. Maxine McCormick 

Recorder 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Assistant Admissions Data Coordinator 

Jason C. Miller 

Microcomputer Lab Monitor 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Yvonne L. Miller 

Computer Programmer/Operator 

Roberta M. Mitteer 

Sub Desk Aide 

Marilyn Mullings 

Faculty Secretary 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, AV/ILL 

Judith E. Noble 

Library Technician. Acquisitions 

Marion R. Nyman 

Bursar/Executive Secretary 
to the Treasurer & Controller 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANTS 



John J. O'Brien IV 

Security Officer 

Rosalie S. Pfaff 

Switchboard Operator/Receptionist 

Ricky Phillips 

Security Officer 

Kristin Pierce 

Safety Officer 

Melissa Pinkerton 

Development Services Coordinator 

Elizabeth L. Ruesskamp 

Sub Desk Aide 

Julie Rupert 

Secretary, Business Manager 

Sherry L. Schaefer 

Secretary, Residence Life 

Fern L. Schon 

Payroll Clerk & Student Loan Coordinator 

Jonathan Schon 

Mailroom Assistant 

Gregory S. Seidel 

Security Officer 

Pamela S. Smith 

Faculty Secretary 

Robin Straka 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Patricia L. Strauss-Cundiff 

Systems Analyst 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Diane M. Thomas 

Programmer Analyst 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Judy M. Thomas 

Communications Officer 

Carole A. Thompson 

Faculty Secretary 

Lori Thompson 

Secretary, Athletics 

Patricia J. Triaca 

Library Technician, Cataloging 

Diana VanFleet 

Travel Coordinator/Research Assistant 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health & Counseling Services 

Nancy A. Walker 

Faculty Secretary 

Scott Warner 

Security Officer 

Deborah E. Weaver 

Manager, Residence Halls Operations 

Donna A. Weaver 

Assistant, Student Activities 

Geraldine H. Wescott 

Library Technician, Periodicals 

Roberta Wheeler 

Gift & Biographical Records Specialist 

Patricia S. Wittig 

Secretary, Campus Ministries 

James A. Wool 

Security Officer 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Gregory Zelensky 

Security Officer 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 




Alumni Association 



1 he Alumni Association of Lycoming 
College has a membership of nearly 13,000 
men and women. It is governed by an 
executive board consisting of 24 members-at- 
large. The board includes members represent- 
ing various class years and geographic areas, 
the senior class president, the current student 
body president, and past presidents of the last 
graduating class and the Student Senate of 
Lycoming College. The Director of Alumni 
and Parent Programs directs the activities of 
the alumni office. The Alumni Association 
has the following purpose as stated in its 
constitution: "As an off-campus constituency, 
the association's purpose is to seek ways of 
maintaining an active and mutually beneficial 
relationship between the College and its 
alumni, utilizing their talents, resources, and 
counsel to further the objectives and programs 
of Lycoming College." 



All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 
who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the alumni office is responsible for 
keeping alumni informed and interested in the 
programs, growth, and activities of the 
College through regular publications mailed 
to all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, class reunions, club meetings, 
and similar activities are coordinated through 
this office. Through the Lycoming College 
Annual Fund, the alumni office is closely 
associated with the development program of 
the College. Communications to the alumni 
association should be addressed to the Office 
of Alumni and Parent Programs. 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



1994-95 ALUMNI 
ASSOCIATION 
EXECUTIVE BOARD 

Term Expires October 1994 

Mark A. GaNung '85 

Mark A. Gibbon '83 

John G. Hollenback '47 

Eleanor L. Loomis '60 

Carolyn-Kay M. Lundy '63 

Debra A. Oberg-Kmiecik '87 

Otto L. Sonder, Jr. '46 

Jean A. Staiman '47 

Term Expires October 1995 
Brenda P. Alston-Mills '67 
Paul B. Henry '66 
Fred Y. Legge '53 
Barbara N. Price '60 
C. Edward Receski '60 
J. Michael Schweder '71 
Barbara L. Sylk '73 

Term Expires October 1996 

N. Mark Achenbach '58 
Jay W. Cleveland '88 
Patricia S. Courtright '74 
Kenneth L. Koetzner '61 
Catherine M. Haymans '82 




Robin N. Straka '79 
Jean M. White '48 

Members of the Board 
Serving a One- Year Term 

Student Senate of 

Lycoming College (SSLC) President 

Robert Martin 

SSLC Past President 

Jeffrey Al-Mashat 

'94 Senior Class President 

Kim L. Dulabohn 

'93 Senior Class President 

Deborah A. Norton 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



Index 



Academic Advising 50 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 31 

Academic Honors 32 

Academic Program 37 

Accounting Curriculum 57 

Accounting-Mathematics (EIM) 60 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 27 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 27 

Advisory Committees 51 

Health Professions 51 

Legal Professions 51 

Theological Professions 52 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 51 

American Studies (EIM) 60 

Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Application Fee and Deposits 14 

Applied Music Requirements 130 

Art Curriculum 62 

Astronomy and Physics Curriculum 69 

Athletic Training 143 

Athletic Staff 177 

Audit 29 

Awards 32 

B.F.A. Degree 37 

Biology Curriculum 75 

Board of Trustees 164 

B.S.N. Degree 38 

Business Administration Curriculum 80 

Campus Facilities 7 

Capitol Semester 55 

Career Development Services 24 

Chemistry Curriculum 84 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 52 

Class Attendance 29 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 28 

Computer Science Curriculum 119 

Conduct, Standards of 26 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 44 



Engineering 44 

Environmental Studies 44 

Forestry 44 

Medical Technology 45 

Military Science 47 

Optometry 45 

Podiatric Medicine 46 

Sculpture 46 

Counseling, Personal 25 

Course Credit by Examination 27 

Criminal Justice (EIM) 88 

Degree Programs/Requirements 37 

Departmental Honors 50 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 14 

Distribution Requirements 38 

English 39 

Fine Arts 39 

Foreign Language 39 

History and Social Science 40 

Mathematics 39 

Natural Science 40 

Philosophy 39 

Religion 39 

Economics Curriculum 89 

Education Curriculum 92 

Education Financing Plans 16 

Educational Opportunity Grants 18 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 44 

English Curriculum 96 

English Requirement 39 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 27 

Environmental Studies 44 

Established Interdisciplinary Major (EIM). . 42 

Federal Grants and Loans 18-19 

Fees 13- 14 

Financial Aid/Assistance 15 

Fine Arts Requirements 39 

Foreign Language Requirement 39 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 101 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 44 

French Curriculum 102 

German Curriculum 103 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 



Grading System 29 

Graduation Requirements 37 

Greek Curriculum 105 

Health Professions, Preparation 51 

Health Services 25 

Hebrew Curriculum 105 

History Curriculum 107 

History Requirements 40 

Honor Societies 32 

Independent Study 53 

Institute for Management Studies Ill 

Interdisciplinary Majors 42 

Established Majors (EIM) 42 

Individual Majors (IIM) 42 

International Studies 112 

Internship Programs 54 

Johnson Atelier 64 

Legal Professions, Preparation 51 

Literature (EIM) 114 

Loans 18 

London Semester 55 

Major 41 

Admission to 42 

Departmental 42 

Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 42 

Management Scholars Program Ill 

Mass Communications (EIM) 114 

Mathematical Sciences 119 

Mathematical Requirements 39 

May Term 53 

Medical School, Preparation 51 

Medical Technology 45 

Military Science 126 

Minor 43 

Music Curriculum 127 

National Direct Student Loans (NDSL) 19 

Natural Science Requirement 40 

Near East Culture and 

Archaeology (EIM) 132 

Non-degree Students 29 

Nursing 133 

Optometry 45 

Optometry School, Preparation 51 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 51 

Payment of Fees 14 

Philadelphia Semester 55 

Philosophy Curriculum 139 



Philosophy Requirement 39 

Physical Education Curriculum 143 

Physics Curriculum 69 

Placement Services 24 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 46 

Political Science Curriculum 144 

Psychology Curriculum 147 

Refunds 14 

Registration 28 

Religion Curriculum 150 

Religion Requirement 39 

Repeated Courses 31 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 47 

Residence and Residence Halls 25 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships (ROTC) 20 

Scholar Program 47 

Scholar Seminar 153 

Sculpture 64 

Social Science Requirement 40 

Sociology- Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Spanish Curriculum 105 

Special Facilities & Programs 52 

Independent Study 53 

Internship Program 54 

May Term 53 

Overseas Studies Opportunities 55 

State Grants and Loans 18 

Student Records 28 

Study Abroad 55 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 18 

Theatre Curriculum 159 

Theological Professions, Advising 52 

Unit Course System 27 

United Nations Semester 55 

Veterinary School, Preparation 51 

Washington Semester 55 

Westminster Oxford Semester 55 

Withdrawal from College 29 

Withdrawal of Admissions Application 13 

Women's Studies 163 

Work-Study Grants 19 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program. . . 40 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



1994-95 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Communicating With 
Lycoming College 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services; 
academic support services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Parents' Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
Williamsport, PA 1 770 1 -5 1 92 

The College telephone number 
is (717) 321-4000 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(717) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
se.x, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age. sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national or 
ethnic origin, or color in the administration of 
any of its policies and programs. 



1994-9? ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE